mirror of
https://github.com/vim/vim.git
synced 2025-07-26 11:04:33 -04:00
Problem: Too many #ifdefs. Solution: Graduate the +autocmd feature. Takes away 450 #ifdefs and increases code size of tiny Vim by only 40 Kbyte.
9018 lines
226 KiB
C
9018 lines
226 KiB
C
/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
|
|
*
|
|
* VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
*
|
|
* Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
* Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* spell.c: code for spell checking
|
|
*
|
|
* See spellfile.c for the Vim spell file format.
|
|
*
|
|
* The spell checking mechanism uses a tree (aka trie). Each node in the tree
|
|
* has a list of bytes that can appear (siblings). For each byte there is a
|
|
* pointer to the node with the byte that follows in the word (child).
|
|
*
|
|
* A NUL byte is used where the word may end. The bytes are sorted, so that
|
|
* binary searching can be used and the NUL bytes are at the start. The
|
|
* number of possible bytes is stored before the list of bytes.
|
|
*
|
|
* The tree uses two arrays: "byts" stores the characters, "idxs" stores
|
|
* either the next index or flags. The tree starts at index 0. For example,
|
|
* to lookup "vi" this sequence is followed:
|
|
* i = 0
|
|
* len = byts[i]
|
|
* n = where "v" appears in byts[i + 1] to byts[i + len]
|
|
* i = idxs[n]
|
|
* len = byts[i]
|
|
* n = where "i" appears in byts[i + 1] to byts[i + len]
|
|
* i = idxs[n]
|
|
* len = byts[i]
|
|
* find that byts[i + 1] is 0, idxs[i + 1] has flags for "vi".
|
|
*
|
|
* There are two word trees: one with case-folded words and one with words in
|
|
* original case. The second one is only used for keep-case words and is
|
|
* usually small.
|
|
*
|
|
* There is one additional tree for when not all prefixes are applied when
|
|
* generating the .spl file. This tree stores all the possible prefixes, as
|
|
* if they were words. At each word (prefix) end the prefix nr is stored, the
|
|
* following word must support this prefix nr. And the condition nr is
|
|
* stored, used to lookup the condition that the word must match with.
|
|
*
|
|
* Thanks to Olaf Seibert for providing an example implementation of this tree
|
|
* and the compression mechanism.
|
|
* LZ trie ideas:
|
|
* http://www.irb.hr/hr/home/ristov/papers/RistovLZtrieRevision1.pdf
|
|
* More papers: http://www-igm.univ-mlv.fr/~laporte/publi_en.html
|
|
*
|
|
* Matching involves checking the caps type: Onecap ALLCAP KeepCap.
|
|
*
|
|
* Why doesn't Vim use aspell/ispell/myspell/etc.?
|
|
* See ":help develop-spell".
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use this to adjust the score after finding suggestions, based on the
|
|
* suggested word sounding like the bad word. This is much faster than doing
|
|
* it for every possible suggestion.
|
|
* Disadvantage: When "the" is typed as "hte" it sounds quite different ("@"
|
|
* vs "ht") and goes down in the list.
|
|
* Used when 'spellsuggest' is set to "best".
|
|
*/
|
|
#define RESCORE(word_score, sound_score) ((3 * word_score + sound_score) / 4)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the opposite: based on a maximum end score and a known sound score,
|
|
* compute the maximum word score that can be used.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define MAXSCORE(word_score, sound_score) ((4 * word_score - sound_score) / 3)
|
|
|
|
#define IN_SPELL_C
|
|
#include "vim.h"
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
#ifndef UNIX /* it's in os_unix.h for Unix */
|
|
# include <time.h> /* for time_t */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* only used for su_badflags */
|
|
#define WF_MIXCAP 0x20 /* mix of upper and lower case: macaRONI */
|
|
|
|
#define WF_CAPMASK (WF_ONECAP | WF_ALLCAP | WF_KEEPCAP | WF_FIXCAP)
|
|
|
|
#define REGION_ALL 0xff /* word valid in all regions */
|
|
|
|
#define VIMSUGMAGIC "VIMsug" /* string at start of Vim .sug file */
|
|
#define VIMSUGMAGICL 6
|
|
#define VIMSUGVERSION 1
|
|
|
|
/* Result values. Lower number is accepted over higher one. */
|
|
#define SP_BANNED -1
|
|
#define SP_OK 0
|
|
#define SP_RARE 1
|
|
#define SP_LOCAL 2
|
|
#define SP_BAD 3
|
|
|
|
typedef struct wordcount_S
|
|
{
|
|
short_u wc_count; /* nr of times word was seen */
|
|
char_u wc_word[1]; /* word, actually longer */
|
|
} wordcount_T;
|
|
|
|
#define WC_KEY_OFF offsetof(wordcount_T, wc_word)
|
|
#define HI2WC(hi) ((wordcount_T *)((hi)->hi_key - WC_KEY_OFF))
|
|
#define MAXWORDCOUNT 0xffff
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Information used when looking for suggestions.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct suginfo_S
|
|
{
|
|
garray_T su_ga; /* suggestions, contains "suggest_T" */
|
|
int su_maxcount; /* max. number of suggestions displayed */
|
|
int su_maxscore; /* maximum score for adding to su_ga */
|
|
int su_sfmaxscore; /* idem, for when doing soundfold words */
|
|
garray_T su_sga; /* like su_ga, sound-folded scoring */
|
|
char_u *su_badptr; /* start of bad word in line */
|
|
int su_badlen; /* length of detected bad word in line */
|
|
int su_badflags; /* caps flags for bad word */
|
|
char_u su_badword[MAXWLEN]; /* bad word truncated at su_badlen */
|
|
char_u su_fbadword[MAXWLEN]; /* su_badword case-folded */
|
|
char_u su_sal_badword[MAXWLEN]; /* su_badword soundfolded */
|
|
hashtab_T su_banned; /* table with banned words */
|
|
slang_T *su_sallang; /* default language for sound folding */
|
|
} suginfo_T;
|
|
|
|
/* One word suggestion. Used in "si_ga". */
|
|
typedef struct suggest_S
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *st_word; /* suggested word, allocated string */
|
|
int st_wordlen; /* STRLEN(st_word) */
|
|
int st_orglen; /* length of replaced text */
|
|
int st_score; /* lower is better */
|
|
int st_altscore; /* used when st_score compares equal */
|
|
int st_salscore; /* st_score is for soundalike */
|
|
int st_had_bonus; /* bonus already included in score */
|
|
slang_T *st_slang; /* language used for sound folding */
|
|
} suggest_T;
|
|
|
|
#define SUG(ga, i) (((suggest_T *)(ga).ga_data)[i])
|
|
|
|
/* TRUE if a word appears in the list of banned words. */
|
|
#define WAS_BANNED(su, word) (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hash_find(&su->su_banned, word)))
|
|
|
|
/* Number of suggestions kept when cleaning up. We need to keep more than
|
|
* what is displayed, because when rescore_suggestions() is called the score
|
|
* may change and wrong suggestions may be removed later. */
|
|
#define SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su) ((su)->su_maxcount < 130 ? 150 : (su)->su_maxcount + 20)
|
|
|
|
/* Threshold for sorting and cleaning up suggestions. Don't want to keep lots
|
|
* of suggestions that are not going to be displayed. */
|
|
#define SUG_MAX_COUNT(su) (SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su) + 50)
|
|
|
|
/* score for various changes */
|
|
#define SCORE_SPLIT 149 /* split bad word */
|
|
#define SCORE_SPLIT_NO 249 /* split bad word with NOSPLITSUGS */
|
|
#define SCORE_ICASE 52 /* slightly different case */
|
|
#define SCORE_REGION 200 /* word is for different region */
|
|
#define SCORE_RARE 180 /* rare word */
|
|
#define SCORE_SWAP 75 /* swap two characters */
|
|
#define SCORE_SWAP3 110 /* swap two characters in three */
|
|
#define SCORE_REP 65 /* REP replacement */
|
|
#define SCORE_SUBST 93 /* substitute a character */
|
|
#define SCORE_SIMILAR 33 /* substitute a similar character */
|
|
#define SCORE_SUBCOMP 33 /* substitute a composing character */
|
|
#define SCORE_DEL 94 /* delete a character */
|
|
#define SCORE_DELDUP 66 /* delete a duplicated character */
|
|
#define SCORE_DELCOMP 28 /* delete a composing character */
|
|
#define SCORE_INS 96 /* insert a character */
|
|
#define SCORE_INSDUP 67 /* insert a duplicate character */
|
|
#define SCORE_INSCOMP 30 /* insert a composing character */
|
|
#define SCORE_NONWORD 103 /* change non-word to word char */
|
|
|
|
#define SCORE_FILE 30 /* suggestion from a file */
|
|
#define SCORE_MAXINIT 350 /* Initial maximum score: higher == slower.
|
|
* 350 allows for about three changes. */
|
|
|
|
#define SCORE_COMMON1 30 /* subtracted for words seen before */
|
|
#define SCORE_COMMON2 40 /* subtracted for words often seen */
|
|
#define SCORE_COMMON3 50 /* subtracted for words very often seen */
|
|
#define SCORE_THRES2 10 /* word count threshold for COMMON2 */
|
|
#define SCORE_THRES3 100 /* word count threshold for COMMON3 */
|
|
|
|
/* When trying changed soundfold words it becomes slow when trying more than
|
|
* two changes. With less then two changes it's slightly faster but we miss a
|
|
* few good suggestions. In rare cases we need to try three of four changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define SCORE_SFMAX1 200 /* maximum score for first try */
|
|
#define SCORE_SFMAX2 300 /* maximum score for second try */
|
|
#define SCORE_SFMAX3 400 /* maximum score for third try */
|
|
|
|
#define SCORE_BIG SCORE_INS * 3 /* big difference */
|
|
#define SCORE_MAXMAX 999999 /* accept any score */
|
|
#define SCORE_LIMITMAX 350 /* for spell_edit_score_limit() */
|
|
|
|
/* for spell_edit_score_limit() we need to know the minimum value of
|
|
* SCORE_ICASE, SCORE_SWAP, SCORE_DEL, SCORE_SIMILAR and SCORE_INS */
|
|
#define SCORE_EDIT_MIN SCORE_SIMILAR
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Structure to store info for word matching.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct matchinf_S
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *mi_lp; /* info for language and region */
|
|
|
|
/* pointers to original text to be checked */
|
|
char_u *mi_word; /* start of word being checked */
|
|
char_u *mi_end; /* end of matching word so far */
|
|
char_u *mi_fend; /* next char to be added to mi_fword */
|
|
char_u *mi_cend; /* char after what was used for
|
|
mi_capflags */
|
|
|
|
/* case-folded text */
|
|
char_u mi_fword[MAXWLEN + 1]; /* mi_word case-folded */
|
|
int mi_fwordlen; /* nr of valid bytes in mi_fword */
|
|
|
|
/* for when checking word after a prefix */
|
|
int mi_prefarridx; /* index in sl_pidxs with list of
|
|
affixID/condition */
|
|
int mi_prefcnt; /* number of entries at mi_prefarridx */
|
|
int mi_prefixlen; /* byte length of prefix */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int mi_cprefixlen; /* byte length of prefix in original
|
|
case */
|
|
#else
|
|
# define mi_cprefixlen mi_prefixlen /* it's the same value */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* for when checking a compound word */
|
|
int mi_compoff; /* start of following word offset */
|
|
char_u mi_compflags[MAXWLEN]; /* flags for compound words used */
|
|
int mi_complen; /* nr of compound words used */
|
|
int mi_compextra; /* nr of COMPOUNDROOT words */
|
|
|
|
/* others */
|
|
int mi_result; /* result so far: SP_BAD, SP_OK, etc. */
|
|
int mi_capflags; /* WF_ONECAP WF_ALLCAP WF_KEEPCAP */
|
|
win_T *mi_win; /* buffer being checked */
|
|
|
|
/* for NOBREAK */
|
|
int mi_result2; /* "mi_resul" without following word */
|
|
char_u *mi_end2; /* "mi_end" without following word */
|
|
} matchinf_T;
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int spell_iswordp(char_u *p, win_T *wp);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static int spell_mb_isword_class(int cl, win_T *wp);
|
|
static int spell_iswordp_w(int *p, win_T *wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For finding suggestions: At each node in the tree these states are tried:
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef enum
|
|
{
|
|
STATE_START = 0, /* At start of node check for NUL bytes (goodword
|
|
* ends); if badword ends there is a match, otherwise
|
|
* try splitting word. */
|
|
STATE_NOPREFIX, /* try without prefix */
|
|
STATE_SPLITUNDO, /* Undo splitting. */
|
|
STATE_ENDNUL, /* Past NUL bytes at start of the node. */
|
|
STATE_PLAIN, /* Use each byte of the node. */
|
|
STATE_DEL, /* Delete a byte from the bad word. */
|
|
STATE_INS_PREP, /* Prepare for inserting bytes. */
|
|
STATE_INS, /* Insert a byte in the bad word. */
|
|
STATE_SWAP, /* Swap two bytes. */
|
|
STATE_UNSWAP, /* Undo swap two characters. */
|
|
STATE_SWAP3, /* Swap two characters over three. */
|
|
STATE_UNSWAP3, /* Undo Swap two characters over three. */
|
|
STATE_UNROT3L, /* Undo rotate three characters left */
|
|
STATE_UNROT3R, /* Undo rotate three characters right */
|
|
STATE_REP_INI, /* Prepare for using REP items. */
|
|
STATE_REP, /* Use matching REP items from the .aff file. */
|
|
STATE_REP_UNDO, /* Undo a REP item replacement. */
|
|
STATE_FINAL /* End of this node. */
|
|
} state_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Struct to keep the state at each level in suggest_try_change().
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct trystate_S
|
|
{
|
|
state_T ts_state; /* state at this level, STATE_ */
|
|
int ts_score; /* score */
|
|
idx_T ts_arridx; /* index in tree array, start of node */
|
|
short ts_curi; /* index in list of child nodes */
|
|
char_u ts_fidx; /* index in fword[], case-folded bad word */
|
|
char_u ts_fidxtry; /* ts_fidx at which bytes may be changed */
|
|
char_u ts_twordlen; /* valid length of tword[] */
|
|
char_u ts_prefixdepth; /* stack depth for end of prefix or
|
|
* PFD_PREFIXTREE or PFD_NOPREFIX */
|
|
char_u ts_flags; /* TSF_ flags */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u ts_tcharlen; /* number of bytes in tword character */
|
|
char_u ts_tcharidx; /* current byte index in tword character */
|
|
char_u ts_isdiff; /* DIFF_ values */
|
|
char_u ts_fcharstart; /* index in fword where badword char started */
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u ts_prewordlen; /* length of word in "preword[]" */
|
|
char_u ts_splitoff; /* index in "tword" after last split */
|
|
char_u ts_splitfidx; /* "ts_fidx" at word split */
|
|
char_u ts_complen; /* nr of compound words used */
|
|
char_u ts_compsplit; /* index for "compflags" where word was spit */
|
|
char_u ts_save_badflags; /* su_badflags saved here */
|
|
char_u ts_delidx; /* index in fword for char that was deleted,
|
|
valid when "ts_flags" has TSF_DIDDEL */
|
|
} trystate_T;
|
|
|
|
/* values for ts_isdiff */
|
|
#define DIFF_NONE 0 /* no different byte (yet) */
|
|
#define DIFF_YES 1 /* different byte found */
|
|
#define DIFF_INSERT 2 /* inserting character */
|
|
|
|
/* values for ts_flags */
|
|
#define TSF_PREFIXOK 1 /* already checked that prefix is OK */
|
|
#define TSF_DIDSPLIT 2 /* tried split at this point */
|
|
#define TSF_DIDDEL 4 /* did a delete, "ts_delidx" has index */
|
|
|
|
/* special values ts_prefixdepth */
|
|
#define PFD_NOPREFIX 0xff /* not using prefixes */
|
|
#define PFD_PREFIXTREE 0xfe /* walking through the prefix tree */
|
|
#define PFD_NOTSPECIAL 0xfd /* highest value that's not special */
|
|
|
|
/* mode values for find_word */
|
|
#define FIND_FOLDWORD 0 /* find word case-folded */
|
|
#define FIND_KEEPWORD 1 /* find keep-case word */
|
|
#define FIND_PREFIX 2 /* find word after prefix */
|
|
#define FIND_COMPOUND 3 /* find case-folded compound word */
|
|
#define FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND 4 /* find keep-case compound word */
|
|
|
|
static void find_word(matchinf_T *mip, int mode);
|
|
static int match_checkcompoundpattern(char_u *ptr, int wlen, garray_T *gap);
|
|
static int can_compound(slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *flags);
|
|
static int can_be_compound(trystate_T *sp, slang_T *slang, char_u *compflags, int flag);
|
|
static int match_compoundrule(slang_T *slang, char_u *compflags);
|
|
static int valid_word_prefix(int totprefcnt, int arridx, int flags, char_u *word, slang_T *slang, int cond_req);
|
|
static void find_prefix(matchinf_T *mip, int mode);
|
|
static int fold_more(matchinf_T *mip);
|
|
static int spell_valid_case(int wordflags, int treeflags);
|
|
static int no_spell_checking(win_T *wp);
|
|
static void spell_load_lang(char_u *lang);
|
|
static void int_wordlist_spl(char_u *fname);
|
|
static void spell_load_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie);
|
|
static int score_wordcount_adj(slang_T *slang, int score, char_u *word, int split);
|
|
static int count_syllables(slang_T *slang, char_u *word);
|
|
static void clear_midword(win_T *buf);
|
|
static void use_midword(slang_T *lp, win_T *buf);
|
|
static int find_region(char_u *rp, char_u *region);
|
|
static int badword_captype(char_u *word, char_u *end);
|
|
static int check_need_cap(linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col);
|
|
static void spell_find_suggest(char_u *badptr, int badlen, suginfo_T *su, int maxcount, int banbadword, int need_cap, int interactive);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
static void spell_suggest_expr(suginfo_T *su, char_u *expr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static void spell_suggest_file(suginfo_T *su, char_u *fname);
|
|
static void spell_suggest_intern(suginfo_T *su, int interactive);
|
|
static void spell_find_cleanup(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void allcap_copy(char_u *word, char_u *wcopy);
|
|
static void suggest_try_special(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void suggest_try_change(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void suggest_trie_walk(suginfo_T *su, langp_T *lp, char_u *fword, int soundfold);
|
|
static void go_deeper(trystate_T *stack, int depth, int score_add);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static int nofold_len(char_u *fword, int flen, char_u *word);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static void find_keepcap_word(slang_T *slang, char_u *fword, char_u *kword);
|
|
static void score_comp_sal(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void score_combine(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static int stp_sal_score(suggest_T *stp, suginfo_T *su, slang_T *slang, char_u *badsound);
|
|
static void suggest_try_soundalike_prep(void);
|
|
static void suggest_try_soundalike(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void suggest_try_soundalike_finish(void);
|
|
static void add_sound_suggest(suginfo_T *su, char_u *goodword, int score, langp_T *lp);
|
|
static int soundfold_find(slang_T *slang, char_u *word);
|
|
static void make_case_word(char_u *fword, char_u *cword, int flags);
|
|
static int similar_chars(slang_T *slang, int c1, int c2);
|
|
static void add_suggestion(suginfo_T *su, garray_T *gap, char_u *goodword, int badlen, int score, int altscore, int had_bonus, slang_T *slang, int maxsf);
|
|
static void check_suggestions(suginfo_T *su, garray_T *gap);
|
|
static void add_banned(suginfo_T *su, char_u *word);
|
|
static void rescore_suggestions(suginfo_T *su);
|
|
static void rescore_one(suginfo_T *su, suggest_T *stp);
|
|
static int cleanup_suggestions(garray_T *gap, int maxscore, int keep);
|
|
static void spell_soundfold_sofo(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res);
|
|
static void spell_soundfold_sal(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static void spell_soundfold_wsal(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static int soundalike_score(char_u *goodsound, char_u *badsound);
|
|
static int spell_edit_score(slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword);
|
|
static int spell_edit_score_limit(slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword, int limit);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static int spell_edit_score_limit_w(slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword, int limit);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static void dump_word(slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *pat, int *dir, int round, int flags, linenr_T lnum);
|
|
static linenr_T dump_prefixes(slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *pat, int *dir, int round, int flags, linenr_T startlnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remember what "z?" replaced. */
|
|
static char_u *repl_from = NULL;
|
|
static char_u *repl_to = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Main spell-checking function.
|
|
* "ptr" points to a character that could be the start of a word.
|
|
* "*attrp" is set to the highlight index for a badly spelled word. For a
|
|
* non-word or when it's OK it remains unchanged.
|
|
* This must only be called when 'spelllang' is not empty.
|
|
*
|
|
* "capcol" is used to check for a Capitalised word after the end of a
|
|
* sentence. If it's zero then perform the check. Return the column where to
|
|
* check next, or -1 when no sentence end was found. If it's NULL then don't
|
|
* worry.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the length of the word in bytes, also when it's OK, so that the
|
|
* caller can skip over the word.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_check(
|
|
win_T *wp, /* current window */
|
|
char_u *ptr,
|
|
hlf_T *attrp,
|
|
int *capcol, /* column to check for Capital */
|
|
int docount) /* count good words */
|
|
{
|
|
matchinf_T mi; /* Most things are put in "mi" so that it can
|
|
be passed to functions quickly. */
|
|
int nrlen = 0; /* found a number first */
|
|
int c;
|
|
int wrongcaplen = 0;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
int count_word = docount;
|
|
|
|
/* A word never starts at a space or a control character. Return quickly
|
|
* then, skipping over the character. */
|
|
if (*ptr <= ' ')
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Return here when loading language files failed. */
|
|
if (wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len == 0)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&mi, 0, sizeof(matchinf_T));
|
|
|
|
/* A number is always OK. Also skip hexadecimal numbers 0xFF99 and
|
|
* 0X99FF. But always do check spelling to find "3GPP" and "11
|
|
* julifeest". */
|
|
if (*ptr >= '0' && *ptr <= '9')
|
|
{
|
|
if (*ptr == '0' && (ptr[1] == 'b' || ptr[1] == 'B'))
|
|
mi.mi_end = skipbin(ptr + 2);
|
|
else if (*ptr == '0' && (ptr[1] == 'x' || ptr[1] == 'X'))
|
|
mi.mi_end = skiphex(ptr + 2);
|
|
else
|
|
mi.mi_end = skipdigits(ptr);
|
|
nrlen = (int)(mi.mi_end - ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find the normal end of the word (until the next non-word character). */
|
|
mi.mi_word = ptr;
|
|
mi.mi_fend = ptr;
|
|
if (spell_iswordp(mi.mi_fend, wp))
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(mi.mi_fend);
|
|
} while (*mi.mi_fend != NUL && spell_iswordp(mi.mi_fend, wp));
|
|
|
|
if (capcol != NULL && *capcol == 0 && wp->w_s->b_cap_prog != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check word starting with capital letter. */
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(ptr);
|
|
if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
wrongcaplen = (int)(mi.mi_fend - ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (capcol != NULL)
|
|
*capcol = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* We always use the characters up to the next non-word character,
|
|
* also for bad words. */
|
|
mi.mi_end = mi.mi_fend;
|
|
|
|
/* Check caps type later. */
|
|
mi.mi_capflags = 0;
|
|
mi.mi_cend = NULL;
|
|
mi.mi_win = wp;
|
|
|
|
/* case-fold the word with one non-word character, so that we can check
|
|
* for the word end. */
|
|
if (*mi.mi_fend != NUL)
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(mi.mi_fend);
|
|
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(ptr, (int)(mi.mi_fend - ptr), mi.mi_fword,
|
|
MAXWLEN + 1);
|
|
mi.mi_fwordlen = (int)STRLEN(mi.mi_fword);
|
|
|
|
/* The word is bad unless we recognize it. */
|
|
mi.mi_result = SP_BAD;
|
|
mi.mi_result2 = SP_BAD;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop over the languages specified in 'spelllang'.
|
|
* We check them all, because a word may be matched longer in another
|
|
* language.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
mi.mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
|
|
/* If reloading fails the language is still in the list but everything
|
|
* has been cleared. */
|
|
if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a matching word in case-folded words. */
|
|
find_word(&mi, FIND_FOLDWORD);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a matching word in keep-case words. */
|
|
find_word(&mi, FIND_KEEPWORD);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for matching prefixes. */
|
|
find_prefix(&mi, FIND_FOLDWORD);
|
|
|
|
/* For a NOBREAK language, may want to use a word without a following
|
|
* word as a backup. */
|
|
if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_nobreak && mi.mi_result == SP_BAD
|
|
&& mi.mi_result2 != SP_BAD)
|
|
{
|
|
mi.mi_result = mi.mi_result2;
|
|
mi.mi_end = mi.mi_end2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Count the word in the first language where it's found to be OK. */
|
|
if (count_word && mi.mi_result == SP_OK)
|
|
{
|
|
count_common_word(mi.mi_lp->lp_slang, ptr,
|
|
(int)(mi.mi_end - ptr), 1);
|
|
count_word = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mi.mi_result != SP_OK)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we found a number skip over it. Allows for "42nd". Do flag
|
|
* rare and local words, e.g., "3GPP". */
|
|
if (nrlen > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD || mi.mi_result == SP_BANNED)
|
|
return nrlen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When we are at a non-word character there is no error, just
|
|
* skip over the character (try looking for a word after it). */
|
|
else if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(ptr, wp))
|
|
{
|
|
if (capcol != NULL && wp->w_s->b_cap_prog != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
int r;
|
|
|
|
/* Check for end of sentence. */
|
|
regmatch.regprog = wp->w_s->b_cap_prog;
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
r = vim_regexec(®match, ptr, 0);
|
|
wp->w_s->b_cap_prog = regmatch.regprog;
|
|
if (r)
|
|
*capcol = (int)(regmatch.endp[0] - ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
return (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mi.mi_end == ptr)
|
|
/* Always include at least one character. Required for when there
|
|
* is a mixup in "midword". */
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(mi.mi_end);
|
|
else if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD
|
|
&& LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, 0)->lp_slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p, *fp;
|
|
int save_result = mi.mi_result;
|
|
|
|
/* First language in 'spelllang' is NOBREAK. Find first position
|
|
* at which any word would be valid. */
|
|
mi.mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, 0);
|
|
if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = mi.mi_word;
|
|
fp = mi.mi_fword;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(fp);
|
|
if (p >= mi.mi_end)
|
|
break;
|
|
mi.mi_compoff = (int)(fp - mi.mi_fword);
|
|
find_word(&mi, FIND_COMPOUND);
|
|
if (mi.mi_result != SP_BAD)
|
|
{
|
|
mi.mi_end = p;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
mi.mi_result = save_result;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD || mi.mi_result == SP_BANNED)
|
|
*attrp = HLF_SPB;
|
|
else if (mi.mi_result == SP_RARE)
|
|
*attrp = HLF_SPR;
|
|
else
|
|
*attrp = HLF_SPL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wrongcaplen > 0 && (mi.mi_result == SP_OK || mi.mi_result == SP_RARE))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Report SpellCap only when the word isn't badly spelled. */
|
|
*attrp = HLF_SPC;
|
|
return wrongcaplen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (int)(mi.mi_end - ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the word at "mip->mi_word" is in the tree.
|
|
* When "mode" is FIND_FOLDWORD check in fold-case word tree.
|
|
* When "mode" is FIND_KEEPWORD check in keep-case word tree.
|
|
* When "mode" is FIND_PREFIX check for word after prefix in fold-case word
|
|
* tree.
|
|
*
|
|
* For a match mip->mi_result is updated.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
find_word(matchinf_T *mip, int mode)
|
|
{
|
|
idx_T arridx = 0;
|
|
int endlen[MAXWLEN]; /* length at possible word endings */
|
|
idx_T endidx[MAXWLEN]; /* possible word endings */
|
|
int endidxcnt = 0;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int wlen = 0;
|
|
int flen;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
idx_T lo, hi, m;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int res = SP_BAD;
|
|
slang_T *slang = mip->mi_lp->lp_slang;
|
|
unsigned flags;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
int word_ends;
|
|
int prefix_found;
|
|
int nobreak_result;
|
|
|
|
if (mode == FIND_KEEPWORD || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for word with matching case in keep-case tree. */
|
|
ptr = mip->mi_word;
|
|
flen = 9999; /* no case folding, always enough bytes */
|
|
byts = slang->sl_kbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_kidxs;
|
|
|
|
if (mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
|
|
/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
|
|
wlen += mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for case-folded in case-folded tree. */
|
|
ptr = mip->mi_fword;
|
|
flen = mip->mi_fwordlen; /* available case-folded bytes */
|
|
byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
|
|
|
|
if (mode == FIND_PREFIX)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over the prefix. */
|
|
wlen = mip->mi_prefixlen;
|
|
flen -= mip->mi_prefixlen;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
|
|
wlen = mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
flen -= mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (byts == NULL)
|
|
return; /* array is empty */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat advancing in the tree until:
|
|
* - there is a byte that doesn't match,
|
|
* - we reach the end of the tree,
|
|
* - or we reach the end of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flen <= 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
|
|
flen = fold_more(mip);
|
|
|
|
len = byts[arridx++];
|
|
|
|
/* If the first possible byte is a zero the word could end here.
|
|
* Remember this index, we first check for the longest word. */
|
|
if (byts[arridx] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (endidxcnt == MAXWLEN)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must be a corrupted spell file. */
|
|
EMSG(_(e_format));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
endlen[endidxcnt] = wlen;
|
|
endidx[endidxcnt++] = arridx++;
|
|
--len;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the zeros, there can be several flag/region
|
|
* combinations. */
|
|
while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
++arridx;
|
|
--len;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
break; /* no children, word must end here */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop looking at end of the line. */
|
|
if (ptr[wlen] == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
|
|
c = ptr[wlen];
|
|
if (c == TAB) /* <Tab> is handled like <Space> */
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
lo = arridx;
|
|
hi = arridx + len - 1;
|
|
while (lo < hi)
|
|
{
|
|
m = (lo + hi) / 2;
|
|
if (byts[m] > c)
|
|
hi = m - 1;
|
|
else if (byts[m] < c)
|
|
lo = m + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lo = hi = m;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
|
|
if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
|
|
arridx = idxs[lo];
|
|
++wlen;
|
|
--flen;
|
|
|
|
/* One space in the good word may stand for several spaces in the
|
|
* checked word. */
|
|
if (c == ' ')
|
|
{
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flen <= 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
|
|
flen = fold_more(mip);
|
|
if (ptr[wlen] != ' ' && ptr[wlen] != TAB)
|
|
break;
|
|
++wlen;
|
|
--flen;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Verify that one of the possible endings is valid. Try the longest
|
|
* first.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (endidxcnt > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
--endidxcnt;
|
|
arridx = endidx[endidxcnt];
|
|
wlen = endlen[endidxcnt];
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if ((*mb_head_off)(ptr, ptr + wlen) > 0)
|
|
continue; /* not at first byte of character */
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (spell_iswordp(ptr + wlen, mip->mi_win))
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL && !slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
continue; /* next char is a word character */
|
|
word_ends = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
word_ends = TRUE;
|
|
/* The prefix flag is before compound flags. Once a valid prefix flag
|
|
* has been found we try compound flags. */
|
|
prefix_found = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (mode != FIND_KEEPWORD && has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Compute byte length in original word, length may change
|
|
* when folding case. This can be slow, take a shortcut when the
|
|
* case-folded word is equal to the keep-case word. */
|
|
p = mip->mi_word;
|
|
if (STRNCMP(ptr, p, wlen) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
for (s = ptr; s < ptr + wlen; MB_PTR_ADV(s))
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
wlen = (int)(p - mip->mi_word);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Check flags and region. For FIND_PREFIX check the condition and
|
|
* prefix ID.
|
|
* Repeat this if there are more flags/region alternatives until there
|
|
* is a match. */
|
|
res = SP_BAD;
|
|
for (len = byts[arridx - 1]; len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0;
|
|
--len, ++arridx)
|
|
{
|
|
flags = idxs[arridx];
|
|
|
|
/* For the fold-case tree check that the case of the checked word
|
|
* matches with what the word in the tree requires.
|
|
* For keep-case tree the case is always right. For prefixes we
|
|
* don't bother to check. */
|
|
if (mode == FIND_FOLDWORD)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mip->mi_cend != mip->mi_word + wlen)
|
|
{
|
|
/* mi_capflags was set for a different word length, need
|
|
* to do it again. */
|
|
mip->mi_cend = mip->mi_word + wlen;
|
|
mip->mi_capflags = captype(mip->mi_word, mip->mi_cend);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mip->mi_capflags == WF_KEEPCAP
|
|
|| !spell_valid_case(mip->mi_capflags, flags))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When mode is FIND_PREFIX the word must support the prefix:
|
|
* check the prefix ID and the condition. Do that for the list at
|
|
* mip->mi_prefarridx that find_prefix() filled. */
|
|
else if (mode == FIND_PREFIX && !prefix_found)
|
|
{
|
|
c = valid_word_prefix(mip->mi_prefcnt, mip->mi_prefarridx,
|
|
flags,
|
|
mip->mi_word + mip->mi_cprefixlen, slang,
|
|
FALSE);
|
|
if (c == 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Use the WF_RARE flag for a rare prefix. */
|
|
if (c & WF_RAREPFX)
|
|
flags |= WF_RARE;
|
|
prefix_found = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((mode == FIND_COMPOUND || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
|
|
&& (flags & WF_BANNED) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* NOBREAK: found a valid following word. That's all we
|
|
* need to know, so return. */
|
|
mip->mi_result = SP_OK;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if ((mode == FIND_COMPOUND || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND
|
|
|| !word_ends))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If there is no compound flag or the word is shorter than
|
|
* COMPOUNDMIN reject it quickly.
|
|
* Makes you wonder why someone puts a compound flag on a word
|
|
* that's too short... Myspell compatibility requires this
|
|
* anyway. */
|
|
if (((unsigned)flags >> 24) == 0
|
|
|| wlen - mip->mi_compoff < slang->sl_compminlen)
|
|
continue;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* For multi-byte chars check character length against
|
|
* COMPOUNDMIN. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte
|
|
&& slang->sl_compminlen > 0
|
|
&& mb_charlen_len(mip->mi_word + mip->mi_compoff,
|
|
wlen - mip->mi_compoff) < slang->sl_compminlen)
|
|
continue;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Limit the number of compound words to COMPOUNDWORDMAX if no
|
|
* maximum for syllables is specified. */
|
|
if (!word_ends && mip->mi_complen + mip->mi_compextra + 2
|
|
> slang->sl_compmax
|
|
&& slang->sl_compsylmax == MAXWLEN)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't allow compounding on a side where an affix was added,
|
|
* unless COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG was used. */
|
|
if (mip->mi_complen > 0 && (flags & WF_NOCOMPBEF))
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (!word_ends && (flags & WF_NOCOMPAFT))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Quickly check if compounding is possible with this flag. */
|
|
if (!byte_in_str(mip->mi_complen == 0
|
|
? slang->sl_compstartflags
|
|
: slang->sl_compallflags,
|
|
((unsigned)flags >> 24)))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* If there is a match with a CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN rule
|
|
* discard the compound word. */
|
|
if (match_checkcompoundpattern(ptr, wlen, &slang->sl_comppat))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
|
|
{
|
|
int capflags;
|
|
|
|
/* Need to check the caps type of the appended compound
|
|
* word. */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte && STRNCMP(ptr, mip->mi_word,
|
|
mip->mi_compoff) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* case folding may have changed the length */
|
|
p = mip->mi_word;
|
|
for (s = ptr; s < ptr + mip->mi_compoff; MB_PTR_ADV(s))
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
p = mip->mi_word + mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
capflags = captype(p, mip->mi_word + wlen);
|
|
if (capflags == WF_KEEPCAP || (capflags == WF_ALLCAP
|
|
&& (flags & WF_FIXCAP) != 0))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (capflags != WF_ALLCAP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When the character before the word is a word
|
|
* character we do not accept a Onecap word. We do
|
|
* accept a no-caps word, even when the dictionary
|
|
* word specifies ONECAP. */
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(mip->mi_word, p);
|
|
if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p, mip->mi_win)
|
|
? capflags == WF_ONECAP
|
|
: (flags & WF_ONECAP) != 0
|
|
&& capflags != WF_ONECAP)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the word ends the sequence of compound flags of the
|
|
* words must match with one of the COMPOUNDRULE items and
|
|
* the number of syllables must not be too large. */
|
|
mip->mi_compflags[mip->mi_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
|
|
mip->mi_compflags[mip->mi_complen + 1] = NUL;
|
|
if (word_ends)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN)
|
|
{
|
|
/* "fword" is only needed for checking syllables. */
|
|
if (ptr == mip->mi_word)
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(ptr, wlen, fword, MAXWLEN);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_strncpy(fword, ptr, endlen[endidxcnt]);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!can_compound(slang, fword, mip->mi_compflags))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (slang->sl_comprules != NULL
|
|
&& !match_compoundrule(slang, mip->mi_compflags))
|
|
/* The compound flags collected so far do not match any
|
|
* COMPOUNDRULE, discard the compounded word. */
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check NEEDCOMPOUND: can't use word without compounding. */
|
|
else if (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nobreak_result = SP_OK;
|
|
|
|
if (!word_ends)
|
|
{
|
|
int save_result = mip->mi_result;
|
|
char_u *save_end = mip->mi_end;
|
|
langp_T *save_lp = mip->mi_lp;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
|
|
/* Check that a valid word follows. If there is one and we
|
|
* are compounding, it will set "mi_result", thus we are
|
|
* always finished here. For NOBREAK we only check that a
|
|
* valid word follows.
|
|
* Recursive! */
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
mip->mi_result = SP_BAD;
|
|
|
|
/* Find following word in case-folded tree. */
|
|
mip->mi_compoff = endlen[endidxcnt];
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte && mode == FIND_KEEPWORD)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Compute byte length in case-folded word from "wlen":
|
|
* byte length in keep-case word. Length may change when
|
|
* folding case. This can be slow, take a shortcut when
|
|
* the case-folded word is equal to the keep-case word. */
|
|
p = mip->mi_fword;
|
|
if (STRNCMP(ptr, p, wlen) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
for (s = ptr; s < ptr + wlen; MB_PTR_ADV(s))
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
mip->mi_compoff = (int)(p - mip->mi_fword);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if 0 /* Disabled, see below */
|
|
c = mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
#endif
|
|
++mip->mi_complen;
|
|
if (flags & WF_COMPROOT)
|
|
++mip->mi_compextra;
|
|
|
|
/* For NOBREAK we need to try all NOBREAK languages, at least
|
|
* to find the ".add" file(s). */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < mip->mi_win->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
{
|
|
mip->mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(mip->mi_win->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
if (mip->mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs == NULL
|
|
|| !mip->mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
find_word(mip, FIND_COMPOUND);
|
|
|
|
/* When NOBREAK any word that matches is OK. Otherwise we
|
|
* need to find the longest match, thus try with keep-case
|
|
* and prefix too. */
|
|
if (!slang->sl_nobreak || mip->mi_result == SP_BAD)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find following word in keep-case tree. */
|
|
mip->mi_compoff = wlen;
|
|
find_word(mip, FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND);
|
|
|
|
#if 0 /* Disabled, a prefix must not appear halfway a compound word,
|
|
unless the COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG is used and then it can't be a
|
|
postponed prefix. */
|
|
if (!slang->sl_nobreak || mip->mi_result == SP_BAD)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for following word with prefix. */
|
|
mip->mi_compoff = c;
|
|
find_prefix(mip, FIND_COMPOUND);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
--mip->mi_complen;
|
|
if (flags & WF_COMPROOT)
|
|
--mip->mi_compextra;
|
|
mip->mi_lp = save_lp;
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
{
|
|
nobreak_result = mip->mi_result;
|
|
mip->mi_result = save_result;
|
|
mip->mi_end = save_end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
|
|
break;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WF_BANNED)
|
|
res = SP_BANNED;
|
|
else if (flags & WF_REGION)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check region. */
|
|
if ((mip->mi_lp->lp_region & (flags >> 16)) != 0)
|
|
res = SP_OK;
|
|
else
|
|
res = SP_LOCAL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (flags & WF_RARE)
|
|
res = SP_RARE;
|
|
else
|
|
res = SP_OK;
|
|
|
|
/* Always use the longest match and the best result. For NOBREAK
|
|
* we separately keep the longest match without a following good
|
|
* word as a fall-back. */
|
|
if (nobreak_result == SP_BAD)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mip->mi_result2 > res)
|
|
{
|
|
mip->mi_result2 = res;
|
|
mip->mi_end2 = mip->mi_word + wlen;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mip->mi_result2 == res
|
|
&& mip->mi_end2 < mip->mi_word + wlen)
|
|
mip->mi_end2 = mip->mi_word + wlen;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mip->mi_result > res)
|
|
{
|
|
mip->mi_result = res;
|
|
mip->mi_end = mip->mi_word + wlen;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (mip->mi_result == res && mip->mi_end < mip->mi_word + wlen)
|
|
mip->mi_end = mip->mi_word + wlen;
|
|
|
|
if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if there is a match between the word ptr[wlen] and
|
|
* CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN rules, assuming that we will concatenate with another
|
|
* word.
|
|
* A match means that the first part of CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN matches at the
|
|
* end of ptr[wlen] and the second part matches after it.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
match_checkcompoundpattern(
|
|
char_u *ptr,
|
|
int wlen,
|
|
garray_T *gap) /* &sl_comppat */
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i + 1 < gap->ga_len; i += 2)
|
|
{
|
|
p = ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i + 1];
|
|
if (STRNCMP(ptr + wlen, p, STRLEN(p)) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Second part matches at start of following compound word, now
|
|
* check if first part matches at end of previous word. */
|
|
p = ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i];
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
if (len <= wlen && STRNCMP(ptr + wlen - len, p, len) == 0)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "flags" is a valid sequence of compound flags and "word"
|
|
* does not have too many syllables.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
can_compound(slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *flags)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u uflags[MAXWLEN * 2];
|
|
int i;
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to convert the single byte flags to utf8 characters. */
|
|
p = uflags;
|
|
for (i = 0; flags[i] != NUL; ++i)
|
|
p += utf_char2bytes(flags[i], p);
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
p = uflags;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
p = flags;
|
|
if (!vim_regexec_prog(&slang->sl_compprog, FALSE, p, 0))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Count the number of syllables. This may be slow, do it last. If there
|
|
* are too many syllables AND the number of compound words is above
|
|
* COMPOUNDWORDMAX then compounding is not allowed. */
|
|
if (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN
|
|
&& count_syllables(slang, word) > slang->sl_compsylmax)
|
|
return (int)STRLEN(flags) < slang->sl_compmax;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when the sequence of flags in "compflags" plus "flag" can
|
|
* possibly form a valid compounded word. This also checks the COMPOUNDRULE
|
|
* lines if they don't contain wildcards.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
can_be_compound(
|
|
trystate_T *sp,
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *compflags,
|
|
int flag)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the flag doesn't appear in sl_compstartflags or sl_compallflags
|
|
* then it can't possibly compound. */
|
|
if (!byte_in_str(sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
|
|
? slang->sl_compstartflags : slang->sl_compallflags, flag))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* If there are no wildcards, we can check if the flags collected so far
|
|
* possibly can form a match with COMPOUNDRULE patterns. This only
|
|
* makes sense when we have two or more words. */
|
|
if (slang->sl_comprules != NULL && sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit)
|
|
{
|
|
int v;
|
|
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen] = flag;
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
|
|
v = match_compoundrule(slang, compflags + sp->ts_compsplit);
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen] = NUL;
|
|
return v;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the compound flags in compflags[] match the start of any
|
|
* compound rule. This is used to stop trying a compound if the flags
|
|
* collected so far can't possibly match any compound rule.
|
|
* Caller must check that slang->sl_comprules is not NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
match_compoundrule(slang_T *slang, char_u *compflags)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
/* loop over all the COMPOUNDRULE entries */
|
|
for (p = slang->sl_comprules; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
/* loop over the flags in the compound word we have made, match
|
|
* them against the current rule entry */
|
|
for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
c = compflags[i];
|
|
if (c == NUL)
|
|
/* found a rule that matches for the flags we have so far */
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
if (*p == '/' || *p == NUL)
|
|
break; /* end of rule, it's too short */
|
|
if (*p == '[')
|
|
{
|
|
int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* compare against all the flags in [] */
|
|
++p;
|
|
while (*p != ']' && *p != NUL)
|
|
if (*p++ == c)
|
|
match = TRUE;
|
|
if (!match)
|
|
break; /* none matches */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*p != c)
|
|
break; /* flag of word doesn't match flag in pattern */
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Skip to the next "/", where the next pattern starts. */
|
|
p = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Checked all the rules and none of them match the flags, so there
|
|
* can't possibly be a compound starting with these flags. */
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return non-zero if the prefix indicated by "arridx" matches with the prefix
|
|
* ID in "flags" for the word "word".
|
|
* The WF_RAREPFX flag is included in the return value for a rare prefix.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
valid_word_prefix(
|
|
int totprefcnt, /* nr of prefix IDs */
|
|
int arridx, /* idx in sl_pidxs[] */
|
|
int flags,
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
int cond_req) /* only use prefixes with a condition */
|
|
{
|
|
int prefcnt;
|
|
int pidx;
|
|
regprog_T **rp;
|
|
int prefid;
|
|
|
|
prefid = (unsigned)flags >> 24;
|
|
for (prefcnt = totprefcnt - 1; prefcnt >= 0; --prefcnt)
|
|
{
|
|
pidx = slang->sl_pidxs[arridx + prefcnt];
|
|
|
|
/* Check the prefix ID. */
|
|
if (prefid != (pidx & 0xff))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the prefix doesn't combine and the word already has a
|
|
* suffix. */
|
|
if ((flags & WF_HAS_AFF) && (pidx & WF_PFX_NC))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Check the condition, if there is one. The condition index is
|
|
* stored in the two bytes above the prefix ID byte. */
|
|
rp = &slang->sl_prefprog[((unsigned)pidx >> 8) & 0xffff];
|
|
if (*rp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!vim_regexec_prog(rp, FALSE, word, 0))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (cond_req)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* It's a match! Return the WF_ flags. */
|
|
return pidx;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the word at "mip->mi_word" has a matching prefix.
|
|
* If it does, then check the following word.
|
|
*
|
|
* If "mode" is "FIND_COMPOUND" then do the same after another word, find a
|
|
* prefix in a compound word.
|
|
*
|
|
* For a match mip->mi_result is updated.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
find_prefix(matchinf_T *mip, int mode)
|
|
{
|
|
idx_T arridx = 0;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int wlen = 0;
|
|
int flen;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
idx_T lo, hi, m;
|
|
slang_T *slang = mip->mi_lp->lp_slang;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
|
|
byts = slang->sl_pbyts;
|
|
if (byts == NULL)
|
|
return; /* array is empty */
|
|
|
|
/* We use the case-folded word here, since prefixes are always
|
|
* case-folded. */
|
|
ptr = mip->mi_fword;
|
|
flen = mip->mi_fwordlen; /* available case-folded bytes */
|
|
if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
|
|
ptr += mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
flen -= mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
}
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_pidxs;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat advancing in the tree until:
|
|
* - there is a byte that doesn't match,
|
|
* - we reach the end of the tree,
|
|
* - or we reach the end of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flen == 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
|
|
flen = fold_more(mip);
|
|
|
|
len = byts[arridx++];
|
|
|
|
/* If the first possible byte is a zero the prefix could end here.
|
|
* Check if the following word matches and supports the prefix. */
|
|
if (byts[arridx] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* There can be several prefixes with different conditions. We
|
|
* try them all, since we don't know which one will give the
|
|
* longest match. The word is the same each time, pass the list
|
|
* of possible prefixes to find_word(). */
|
|
mip->mi_prefarridx = arridx;
|
|
mip->mi_prefcnt = len;
|
|
while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
++arridx;
|
|
--len;
|
|
}
|
|
mip->mi_prefcnt -= len;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the word that comes after the prefix. */
|
|
mip->mi_prefixlen = wlen;
|
|
if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
|
|
/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
|
|
mip->mi_prefixlen += mip->mi_compoff;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Case-folded length may differ from original length. */
|
|
mip->mi_cprefixlen = nofold_len(mip->mi_fword,
|
|
mip->mi_prefixlen, mip->mi_word);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mip->mi_cprefixlen = mip->mi_prefixlen;
|
|
#endif
|
|
find_word(mip, FIND_PREFIX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
break; /* no children, word must end here */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop looking at end of the line. */
|
|
if (ptr[wlen] == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
|
|
c = ptr[wlen];
|
|
lo = arridx;
|
|
hi = arridx + len - 1;
|
|
while (lo < hi)
|
|
{
|
|
m = (lo + hi) / 2;
|
|
if (byts[m] > c)
|
|
hi = m - 1;
|
|
else if (byts[m] < c)
|
|
lo = m + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lo = hi = m;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
|
|
if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
|
|
arridx = idxs[lo];
|
|
++wlen;
|
|
--flen;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to fold at least one more character. Do until next non-word character
|
|
* for efficiency. Include the non-word character too.
|
|
* Return the length of the folded chars in bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
fold_more(matchinf_T *mip)
|
|
{
|
|
int flen;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
p = mip->mi_fend;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(mip->mi_fend);
|
|
} while (*mip->mi_fend != NUL && spell_iswordp(mip->mi_fend, mip->mi_win));
|
|
|
|
/* Include the non-word character so that we can check for the word end. */
|
|
if (*mip->mi_fend != NUL)
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(mip->mi_fend);
|
|
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(p, (int)(mip->mi_fend - p),
|
|
mip->mi_fword + mip->mi_fwordlen,
|
|
MAXWLEN - mip->mi_fwordlen);
|
|
flen = (int)STRLEN(mip->mi_fword + mip->mi_fwordlen);
|
|
mip->mi_fwordlen += flen;
|
|
return flen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check case flags for a word. Return TRUE if the word has the requested
|
|
* case.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_valid_case(
|
|
int wordflags, /* flags for the checked word. */
|
|
int treeflags) /* flags for the word in the spell tree */
|
|
{
|
|
return ((wordflags == WF_ALLCAP && (treeflags & WF_FIXCAP) == 0)
|
|
|| ((treeflags & (WF_ALLCAP | WF_KEEPCAP)) == 0
|
|
&& ((treeflags & WF_ONECAP) == 0
|
|
|| (wordflags & WF_ONECAP) != 0)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if spell checking is not enabled.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
no_spell_checking(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!wp->w_p_spell || *wp->w_s->b_p_spl == NUL
|
|
|| wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E756: Spell checking is not enabled"));
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move to next spell error.
|
|
* "curline" is FALSE for "[s", "]s", "[S" and "]S".
|
|
* "curline" is TRUE to find word under/after cursor in the same line.
|
|
* For Insert mode completion "dir" is BACKWARD and "curline" is TRUE: move
|
|
* to after badly spelled word before the cursor.
|
|
* Return 0 if not found, length of the badly spelled word otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_move_to(
|
|
win_T *wp,
|
|
int dir, /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
int allwords, /* TRUE for "[s"/"]s", FALSE for "[S"/"]S" */
|
|
int curline,
|
|
hlf_T *attrp) /* return: attributes of bad word or NULL
|
|
(only when "dir" is FORWARD) */
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
pos_T found_pos;
|
|
int found_len = 0;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *endp;
|
|
hlf_T attr;
|
|
int len;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
int has_syntax = syntax_present(wp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
int col;
|
|
int can_spell;
|
|
char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
int buflen = 0;
|
|
int skip = 0;
|
|
int capcol = -1;
|
|
int found_one = FALSE;
|
|
int wrapped = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (no_spell_checking(wp))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start looking for bad word at the start of the line, because we can't
|
|
* start halfway a word, we don't know where it starts or ends.
|
|
*
|
|
* When searching backwards, we continue in the line to find the last
|
|
* bad word (in the cursor line: before the cursor).
|
|
*
|
|
* We concatenate the start of the next line, so that wrapped words work
|
|
* (e.g. "et<line-break>cetera"). Doesn't work when searching backwards
|
|
* though...
|
|
*/
|
|
lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
CLEAR_POS(&found_pos);
|
|
|
|
while (!got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
if (buflen < len + MAXWLEN + 2)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
buflen = len + MAXWLEN + 2;
|
|
buf = alloc(buflen);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* In first line check first word for Capital. */
|
|
if (lnum == 1)
|
|
capcol = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
|
|
if (capcol == 0)
|
|
capcol = getwhitecols(line);
|
|
else if (curline && wp == curwin)
|
|
{
|
|
/* For spellbadword(): check if first word needs a capital. */
|
|
col = getwhitecols(line);
|
|
if (check_need_cap(lnum, col))
|
|
capcol = col;
|
|
|
|
/* Need to get the line again, may have looked at the previous
|
|
* one. */
|
|
line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the line into "buf" and append the start of the next line if
|
|
* possible. */
|
|
STRCPY(buf, line);
|
|
if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
spell_cat_line(buf + STRLEN(buf),
|
|
ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE), MAXWLEN);
|
|
|
|
p = buf + skip;
|
|
endp = buf + len;
|
|
while (p < endp)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When searching backward don't search after the cursor. Unless
|
|
* we wrapped around the end of the buffer. */
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD
|
|
&& lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
&& !wrapped
|
|
&& (colnr_T)(p - buf) >= wp->w_cursor.col)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* start of word */
|
|
attr = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
len = spell_check(wp, p, &attr, &capcol, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (attr != HLF_COUNT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We found a bad word. Check the attribute. */
|
|
if (allwords || attr == HLF_SPB)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When searching forward only accept a bad word after
|
|
* the cursor. */
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|| lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|| (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
&& (wrapped
|
|
|| (colnr_T)(curline ? p - buf + len
|
|
: p - buf)
|
|
> wp->w_cursor.col)))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
if (has_syntax)
|
|
{
|
|
col = (int)(p - buf);
|
|
(void)syn_get_id(wp, lnum, (colnr_T)col,
|
|
FALSE, &can_spell, FALSE);
|
|
if (!can_spell)
|
|
attr = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
can_spell = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (can_spell)
|
|
{
|
|
found_one = TRUE;
|
|
found_pos.lnum = lnum;
|
|
found_pos.col = (int)(p - buf);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
found_pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No need to search further. */
|
|
wp->w_cursor = found_pos;
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
if (attrp != NULL)
|
|
*attrp = attr;
|
|
return len;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curline)
|
|
/* Insert mode completion: put cursor after
|
|
* the bad word. */
|
|
found_pos.col += len;
|
|
found_len = len;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
found_one = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* advance to character after the word */
|
|
p += len;
|
|
capcol -= len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD && found_pos.lnum != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use the last match in the line (before the cursor). */
|
|
wp->w_cursor = found_pos;
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return found_len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curline)
|
|
break; /* only check cursor line */
|
|
|
|
/* If we are back at the starting line and searched it again there
|
|
* is no match, give up. */
|
|
if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && wrapped)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Advance to next line. */
|
|
if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lnum > 1)
|
|
--lnum;
|
|
else if (!p_ws)
|
|
break; /* at first line and 'nowrapscan' */
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Wrap around to the end of the buffer. May search the
|
|
* starting line again and accept the last match. */
|
|
lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
wrapped = TRUE;
|
|
if (!shortmess(SHM_SEARCH))
|
|
give_warning((char_u *)_(top_bot_msg), TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
capcol = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
++lnum;
|
|
else if (!p_ws)
|
|
break; /* at first line and 'nowrapscan' */
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Wrap around to the start of the buffer. May search the
|
|
* starting line again and accept the first match. */
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
wrapped = TRUE;
|
|
if (!shortmess(SHM_SEARCH))
|
|
give_warning((char_u *)_(bot_top_msg), TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we are back at the starting line and there is no match then
|
|
* give up. */
|
|
if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !found_one)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip the characters at the start of the next line that were
|
|
* included in a match crossing line boundaries. */
|
|
if (attr == HLF_COUNT)
|
|
skip = (int)(p - endp);
|
|
else
|
|
skip = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Capcol skips over the inserted space. */
|
|
--capcol;
|
|
|
|
/* But after empty line check first word in next line */
|
|
if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
|
|
capcol = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For spell checking: concatenate the start of the following line "line" into
|
|
* "buf", blanking-out special characters. Copy less then "maxlen" bytes.
|
|
* Keep the blanks at the start of the next line, this is used in win_line()
|
|
* to skip those bytes if the word was OK.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_cat_line(char_u *buf, char_u *line, int maxlen)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
while (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*#/\"\t", *p) != NULL)
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
|
if (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only worth concatenating if there is something else than spaces to
|
|
* concatenate. */
|
|
n = (int)(p - line) + 1;
|
|
if (n < maxlen - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(buf, ' ', n);
|
|
vim_strncpy(buf + n, p, maxlen - 1 - n);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Structure used for the cookie argument of do_in_runtimepath().
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct spelload_S
|
|
{
|
|
char_u sl_lang[MAXWLEN + 1]; /* language name */
|
|
slang_T *sl_slang; /* resulting slang_T struct */
|
|
int sl_nobreak; /* NOBREAK language found */
|
|
} spelload_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load word list(s) for "lang" from Vim spell file(s).
|
|
* "lang" must be the language without the region: e.g., "en".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_load_lang(char_u *lang)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fname_enc[85];
|
|
int r;
|
|
spelload_T sl;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the language name to pass it to spell_load_cb() as a cookie.
|
|
* It's truncated when an error is detected. */
|
|
STRCPY(sl.sl_lang, lang);
|
|
sl.sl_slang = NULL;
|
|
sl.sl_nobreak = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* We may retry when no spell file is found for the language, an
|
|
* autocommand may load it then. */
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the first spell file for "lang" in 'runtimepath' and load it.
|
|
*/
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)fname_enc, sizeof(fname_enc) - 5,
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
"spell/%s_%s.spl",
|
|
#else
|
|
"spell/%s.%s.spl",
|
|
#endif
|
|
lang, spell_enc());
|
|
r = do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, 0, spell_load_cb, &sl);
|
|
|
|
if (r == FAIL && *sl.sl_lang != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Try loading the ASCII version. */
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)fname_enc, sizeof(fname_enc) - 5,
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
"spell/%s_ascii.spl",
|
|
#else
|
|
"spell/%s.ascii.spl",
|
|
#endif
|
|
lang);
|
|
r = do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, 0, spell_load_cb, &sl);
|
|
|
|
if (r == FAIL && *sl.sl_lang != NUL && round == 1
|
|
&& apply_autocmds(EVENT_SPELLFILEMISSING, lang,
|
|
curbuf->b_fname, FALSE, curbuf))
|
|
continue;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (r == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
smsg((char_u *)
|
|
#ifdef VMS
|
|
_("Warning: Cannot find word list \"%s_%s.spl\" or \"%s_ascii.spl\""),
|
|
#else
|
|
_("Warning: Cannot find word list \"%s.%s.spl\" or \"%s.ascii.spl\""),
|
|
#endif
|
|
lang, spell_enc(), lang);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sl.sl_slang != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* At least one file was loaded, now load ALL the additions. */
|
|
STRCPY(fname_enc + STRLEN(fname_enc) - 3, "add.spl");
|
|
do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, DIP_ALL, spell_load_cb, &sl);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the encoding used for spell checking: Use 'encoding', except that we
|
|
* use "latin1" for "latin9". And limit to 60 characters (just in case).
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
spell_enc(void)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (STRLEN(p_enc) < 60 && STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") != 0)
|
|
return p_enc;
|
|
#endif
|
|
return (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the name of the .spl file for the internal wordlist into
|
|
* "fname[MAXPATHL]".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
int_wordlist_spl(char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)fname, MAXPATHL, SPL_FNAME_TMPL,
|
|
int_wordlist, spell_enc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate a new slang_T for language "lang". "lang" can be NULL.
|
|
* Caller must fill "sl_next".
|
|
*/
|
|
slang_T *
|
|
slang_alloc(char_u *lang)
|
|
{
|
|
slang_T *lp;
|
|
|
|
lp = (slang_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(slang_T));
|
|
if (lp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lang != NULL)
|
|
lp->sl_name = vim_strsave(lang);
|
|
ga_init2(&lp->sl_rep, sizeof(fromto_T), 10);
|
|
ga_init2(&lp->sl_repsal, sizeof(fromto_T), 10);
|
|
lp->sl_compmax = MAXWLEN;
|
|
lp->sl_compsylmax = MAXWLEN;
|
|
hash_init(&lp->sl_wordcount);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return lp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the contents of an slang_T and the structure itself.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
slang_free(slang_T *lp)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(lp->sl_name);
|
|
vim_free(lp->sl_fname);
|
|
slang_clear(lp);
|
|
vim_free(lp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear an slang_T so that the file can be reloaded.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
slang_clear(slang_T *lp)
|
|
{
|
|
garray_T *gap;
|
|
fromto_T *ftp;
|
|
salitem_T *smp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_fbyts);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_kbyts);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_pbyts);
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_fidxs);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_kidxs);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_pidxs);
|
|
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
gap = round == 1 ? &lp->sl_rep : &lp->sl_repsal;
|
|
while (gap->ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[--gap->ga_len];
|
|
vim_free(ftp->ft_from);
|
|
vim_free(ftp->ft_to);
|
|
}
|
|
ga_clear(gap);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gap = &lp->sl_sal;
|
|
if (lp->sl_sofo)
|
|
{
|
|
/* "ga_len" is set to 1 without adding an item for latin1 */
|
|
if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
/* SOFOFROM and SOFOTO items: free lists of wide characters. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
vim_free(((int **)gap->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
/* SAL items: free salitem_T items */
|
|
while (gap->ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
smp = &((salitem_T *)gap->ga_data)[--gap->ga_len];
|
|
vim_free(smp->sm_lead);
|
|
/* Don't free sm_oneof and sm_rules, they point into sm_lead. */
|
|
vim_free(smp->sm_to);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
vim_free(smp->sm_lead_w);
|
|
vim_free(smp->sm_oneof_w);
|
|
vim_free(smp->sm_to_w);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < lp->sl_prefixcnt; ++i)
|
|
vim_regfree(lp->sl_prefprog[i]);
|
|
lp->sl_prefixcnt = 0;
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_prefprog);
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_info);
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_midword);
|
|
|
|
vim_regfree(lp->sl_compprog);
|
|
lp->sl_compprog = NULL;
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_comprules);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_compstartflags);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_compallflags);
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_syllable);
|
|
ga_clear(&lp->sl_syl_items);
|
|
|
|
ga_clear_strings(&lp->sl_comppat);
|
|
|
|
hash_clear_all(&lp->sl_wordcount, WC_KEY_OFF);
|
|
hash_init(&lp->sl_wordcount);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
hash_clear_all(&lp->sl_map_hash, 0);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Clear info from .sug file. */
|
|
slang_clear_sug(lp);
|
|
|
|
lp->sl_compmax = MAXWLEN;
|
|
lp->sl_compminlen = 0;
|
|
lp->sl_compsylmax = MAXWLEN;
|
|
lp->sl_regions[0] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear the info from the .sug file in "lp".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
slang_clear_sug(slang_T *lp)
|
|
{
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_sbyts);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(lp->sl_sidxs);
|
|
close_spellbuf(lp->sl_sugbuf);
|
|
lp->sl_sugbuf = NULL;
|
|
lp->sl_sugloaded = FALSE;
|
|
lp->sl_sugtime = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load one spell file and store the info into a slang_T.
|
|
* Invoked through do_in_runtimepath().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_load_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
|
|
{
|
|
spelload_T *slp = (spelload_T *)cookie;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
|
|
slang = spell_load_file(fname, slp->sl_lang, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
if (slang != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When a previously loaded file has NOBREAK also use it for the
|
|
* ".add" files. */
|
|
if (slp->sl_nobreak && slang->sl_add)
|
|
slang->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
|
|
else if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
slp->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
slp->sl_slang = slang;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a word to the hashtable of common words.
|
|
* If it's already there then the counter is increased.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
count_common_word(
|
|
slang_T *lp,
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
int len, /* word length, -1 for upto NUL */
|
|
int count) /* 1 to count once, 10 to init */
|
|
{
|
|
hash_T hash;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
wordcount_T *wc;
|
|
char_u buf[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (len == -1)
|
|
p = word;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(buf, word, len);
|
|
p = buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hash = hash_hash(p);
|
|
hi = hash_lookup(&lp->sl_wordcount, p, hash);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
wc = (wordcount_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(wordcount_T) + STRLEN(p)));
|
|
if (wc == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
STRCPY(wc->wc_word, p);
|
|
wc->wc_count = count;
|
|
hash_add_item(&lp->sl_wordcount, hi, wc->wc_word, hash);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wc = HI2WC(hi);
|
|
if ((wc->wc_count += count) < (unsigned)count) /* check for overflow */
|
|
wc->wc_count = MAXWORDCOUNT;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust the score of common words.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
score_wordcount_adj(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
int score,
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
int split) /* word was split, less bonus */
|
|
{
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
wordcount_T *wc;
|
|
int bonus;
|
|
int newscore;
|
|
|
|
hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_wordcount, word);
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
wc = HI2WC(hi);
|
|
if (wc->wc_count < SCORE_THRES2)
|
|
bonus = SCORE_COMMON1;
|
|
else if (wc->wc_count < SCORE_THRES3)
|
|
bonus = SCORE_COMMON2;
|
|
else
|
|
bonus = SCORE_COMMON3;
|
|
if (split)
|
|
newscore = score - bonus / 2;
|
|
else
|
|
newscore = score - bonus;
|
|
if (newscore < 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return newscore;
|
|
}
|
|
return score;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if byte "n" appears in "str".
|
|
* Like strchr() but independent of locale.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
byte_in_str(char_u *str, int n)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
if (*p == n)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define SY_MAXLEN 30
|
|
typedef struct syl_item_S
|
|
{
|
|
char_u sy_chars[SY_MAXLEN]; /* the sequence of chars */
|
|
int sy_len;
|
|
} syl_item_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Truncate "slang->sl_syllable" at the first slash and put the following items
|
|
* in "slang->sl_syl_items".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
init_syl_tab(slang_T *slang)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int l;
|
|
syl_item_T *syl;
|
|
|
|
ga_init2(&slang->sl_syl_items, sizeof(syl_item_T), 4);
|
|
p = vim_strchr(slang->sl_syllable, '/');
|
|
while (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
*p++ = NUL;
|
|
if (*p == NUL) /* trailing slash */
|
|
break;
|
|
s = p;
|
|
p = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
l = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
else
|
|
l = (int)(p - s);
|
|
if (l >= SY_MAXLEN)
|
|
return SP_FORMERROR;
|
|
if (ga_grow(&slang->sl_syl_items, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
return SP_OTHERERROR;
|
|
syl = ((syl_item_T *)slang->sl_syl_items.ga_data)
|
|
+ slang->sl_syl_items.ga_len++;
|
|
vim_strncpy(syl->sy_chars, s, l);
|
|
syl->sy_len = l;
|
|
}
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count the number of syllables in "word".
|
|
* When "word" contains spaces the syllables after the last space are counted.
|
|
* Returns zero if syllables are not defines.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
count_syllables(slang_T *slang, char_u *word)
|
|
{
|
|
int cnt = 0;
|
|
int skip = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int i;
|
|
syl_item_T *syl;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_syllable == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
for (p = word; *p != NUL; p += len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When running into a space reset counter. */
|
|
if (*p == ' ')
|
|
{
|
|
len = 1;
|
|
cnt = 0;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find longest match of syllable items. */
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < slang->sl_syl_items.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
syl = ((syl_item_T *)slang->sl_syl_items.ga_data) + i;
|
|
if (syl->sy_len > len
|
|
&& STRNCMP(p, syl->sy_chars, syl->sy_len) == 0)
|
|
len = syl->sy_len;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len != 0) /* found a match, count syllable */
|
|
{
|
|
++cnt;
|
|
skip = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* No recognized syllable item, at least a syllable char then? */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
#else
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
len = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (vim_strchr(slang->sl_syllable, c) == NULL)
|
|
skip = FALSE; /* No, search for next syllable */
|
|
else if (!skip)
|
|
{
|
|
++cnt; /* Yes, count it */
|
|
skip = TRUE; /* don't count following syllable chars */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return cnt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Parse 'spelllang' and set w_s->b_langp accordingly.
|
|
* Returns NULL if it's OK, an error message otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
did_set_spelllang(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
garray_T ga;
|
|
char_u *splp;
|
|
char_u *region;
|
|
char_u region_cp[3];
|
|
int filename;
|
|
int region_mask;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u lang[MAXWLEN + 1];
|
|
char_u spf_name[MAXPATHL];
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int round;
|
|
char_u *spf;
|
|
char_u *use_region = NULL;
|
|
int dont_use_region = FALSE;
|
|
int nobreak = FALSE;
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
langp_T *lp, *lp2;
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *ret_msg = NULL;
|
|
char_u *spl_copy;
|
|
bufref_T bufref;
|
|
|
|
set_bufref(&bufref, wp->w_buffer);
|
|
|
|
/* We don't want to do this recursively. May happen when a language is
|
|
* not available and the SpellFileMissing autocommand opens a new buffer
|
|
* in which 'spell' is set. */
|
|
if (recursive)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
ga_init2(&ga, sizeof(langp_T), 2);
|
|
clear_midword(wp);
|
|
|
|
/* Make a copy of 'spelllang', the SpellFileMissing autocommands may change
|
|
* it under our fingers. */
|
|
spl_copy = vim_strsave(wp->w_s->b_p_spl);
|
|
if (spl_copy == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
wp->w_s->b_cjk = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Loop over comma separated language names. */
|
|
for (splp = spl_copy; *splp != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get one language name. */
|
|
copy_option_part(&splp, lang, MAXWLEN, ",");
|
|
region = NULL;
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(lang);
|
|
|
|
if (STRCMP(lang, "cjk") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
wp->w_s->b_cjk = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the name ends in ".spl" use it as the name of the spell file.
|
|
* If there is a region name let "region" point to it and remove it
|
|
* from the name. */
|
|
if (len > 4 && fnamecmp(lang + len - 4, ".spl") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
filename = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Locate a region and remove it from the file name. */
|
|
p = vim_strchr(gettail(lang), '_');
|
|
if (p != NULL && ASCII_ISALPHA(p[1]) && ASCII_ISALPHA(p[2])
|
|
&& !ASCII_ISALPHA(p[3]))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(region_cp, p + 1, 2);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + 3, len - (p - lang) - 2);
|
|
region = region_cp;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
dont_use_region = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if we loaded this language before. */
|
|
for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
|
|
if (fullpathcmp(lang, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
filename = FALSE;
|
|
if (len > 3 && lang[len - 3] == '_')
|
|
{
|
|
region = lang + len - 2;
|
|
len -= 3;
|
|
lang[len] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
dont_use_region = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if we loaded this language before. */
|
|
for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
|
|
if (STRICMP(lang, slang->sl_name) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (region != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the region differs from what was used before then don't
|
|
* use it for 'spellfile'. */
|
|
if (use_region != NULL && STRCMP(region, use_region) != 0)
|
|
dont_use_region = TRUE;
|
|
use_region = region;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If not found try loading the language now. */
|
|
if (slang == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (filename)
|
|
(void)spell_load_file(lang, lang, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
spell_load_lang(lang);
|
|
/* SpellFileMissing autocommands may do anything, including
|
|
* destroying the buffer we are using... */
|
|
if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
|
|
{
|
|
ret_msg = (char_u *)N_("E797: SpellFileMissing autocommand deleted buffer");
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop over the languages, there can be several files for "lang".
|
|
*/
|
|
for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
|
|
if (filename ? fullpathcmp(lang, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME
|
|
: STRICMP(lang, slang->sl_name) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
region_mask = REGION_ALL;
|
|
if (!filename && region != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* find region in sl_regions */
|
|
c = find_region(slang->sl_regions, region);
|
|
if (c == REGION_ALL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang->sl_add)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*slang->sl_regions != NUL)
|
|
/* This addition file is for other regions. */
|
|
region_mask = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
/* This is probably an error. Give a warning and
|
|
* accept the words anyway. */
|
|
smsg((char_u *)
|
|
_("Warning: region %s not supported"),
|
|
region);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
region_mask = 1 << c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (region_mask != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
ret_msg = e_outofmem;
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_slang = slang;
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_region = region_mask;
|
|
++ga.ga_len;
|
|
use_midword(slang, wp);
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
nobreak = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* round 0: load int_wordlist, if possible.
|
|
* round 1: load first name in 'spellfile'.
|
|
* round 2: load second name in 'spellfile.
|
|
* etc. */
|
|
spf = curwin->w_s->b_p_spf;
|
|
for (round = 0; round == 0 || *spf != NUL; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Internal wordlist, if there is one. */
|
|
if (int_wordlist == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
int_wordlist_spl(spf_name);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* One entry in 'spellfile'. */
|
|
copy_option_part(&spf, spf_name, MAXPATHL - 5, ",");
|
|
STRCAT(spf_name, ".spl");
|
|
|
|
/* If it was already found above then skip it. */
|
|
for (c = 0; c < ga.ga_len; ++c)
|
|
{
|
|
p = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, c)->lp_slang->sl_fname;
|
|
if (p != NULL && fullpathcmp(spf_name, p, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (c < ga.ga_len)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check if it was loaded already. */
|
|
for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
|
|
if (fullpathcmp(spf_name, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (slang == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not loaded, try loading it now. The language name includes the
|
|
* region name, the region is ignored otherwise. for int_wordlist
|
|
* use an arbitrary name. */
|
|
if (round == 0)
|
|
STRCPY(lang, "internal wordlist");
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(lang, gettail(spf_name), MAXWLEN);
|
|
p = vim_strchr(lang, '.');
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p = NUL; /* truncate at ".encoding.add" */
|
|
}
|
|
slang = spell_load_file(spf_name, lang, NULL, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* If one of the languages has NOBREAK we assume the addition
|
|
* files also have this. */
|
|
if (slang != NULL && nobreak)
|
|
slang->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (slang != NULL && ga_grow(&ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
region_mask = REGION_ALL;
|
|
if (use_region != NULL && !dont_use_region)
|
|
{
|
|
/* find region in sl_regions */
|
|
c = find_region(slang->sl_regions, use_region);
|
|
if (c != REGION_ALL)
|
|
region_mask = 1 << c;
|
|
else if (*slang->sl_regions != NUL)
|
|
/* This spell file is for other regions. */
|
|
region_mask = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (region_mask != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_slang = slang;
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_sallang = NULL;
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_replang = NULL;
|
|
LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_region = region_mask;
|
|
++ga.ga_len;
|
|
use_midword(slang, wp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Everything is fine, store the new b_langp value. */
|
|
ga_clear(&wp->w_s->b_langp);
|
|
wp->w_s->b_langp = ga;
|
|
|
|
/* For each language figure out what language to use for sound folding and
|
|
* REP items. If the language doesn't support it itself use another one
|
|
* with the same name. E.g. for "en-math" use "en". */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, i);
|
|
|
|
/* sound folding */
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
|
|
/* language does sound folding itself */
|
|
lp->lp_sallang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
else
|
|
/* find first similar language that does sound folding */
|
|
for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
|
|
{
|
|
lp2 = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, j);
|
|
if (lp2->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0
|
|
&& STRNCMP(lp->lp_slang->sl_name,
|
|
lp2->lp_slang->sl_name, 2) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
lp->lp_sallang = lp2->lp_slang;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* REP items */
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_rep.ga_len > 0)
|
|
/* language has REP items itself */
|
|
lp->lp_replang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
else
|
|
/* find first similar language that has REP items */
|
|
for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
|
|
{
|
|
lp2 = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, j);
|
|
if (lp2->lp_slang->sl_rep.ga_len > 0
|
|
&& STRNCMP(lp->lp_slang->sl_name,
|
|
lp2->lp_slang->sl_name, 2) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
lp->lp_replang = lp2->lp_slang;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
vim_free(spl_copy);
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
|
|
return ret_msg;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear the midword characters for buffer "buf".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_midword(win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw, 0, 256);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use the "sl_midword" field of language "lp" for buffer "buf".
|
|
* They add up to any currently used midword characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
use_midword(slang_T *lp, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (lp->sl_midword == NULL) /* there aren't any */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (p = lp->sl_midword; *p != NUL; )
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
int c, l, n;
|
|
char_u *bp;
|
|
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
if (c < 256 && l <= 2)
|
|
wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[c] = TRUE;
|
|
else if (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb == NULL)
|
|
/* First multi-byte char in "b_spell_ismw_mb". */
|
|
wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb = vim_strnsave(p, l);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Append multi-byte chars to "b_spell_ismw_mb". */
|
|
n = (int)STRLEN(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
|
|
bp = vim_strnsave(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, n + l);
|
|
if (bp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
|
|
wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb = bp;
|
|
vim_strncpy(bp + n, p, l);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
p += l;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p++] = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the region "region[2]" in "rp" (points to "sl_regions").
|
|
* Each region is simply stored as the two characters of it's name.
|
|
* Returns the index if found (first is 0), REGION_ALL if not found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
find_region(char_u *rp, char_u *region)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; ; i += 2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (rp[i] == NUL)
|
|
return REGION_ALL;
|
|
if (rp[i] == region[0] && rp[i + 1] == region[1])
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return i / 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return case type of word:
|
|
* w word 0
|
|
* Word WF_ONECAP
|
|
* W WORD WF_ALLCAP
|
|
* WoRd wOrd WF_KEEPCAP
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
captype(
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
char_u *end) /* When NULL use up to NUL byte. */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int firstcap;
|
|
int allcap;
|
|
int past_second = FALSE; /* past second word char */
|
|
|
|
/* find first letter */
|
|
for (p = word; !spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin); MB_PTR_ADV(p))
|
|
if (end == NULL ? *p == NUL : p >= end)
|
|
return 0; /* only non-word characters, illegal word */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
c = *p++;
|
|
firstcap = allcap = SPELL_ISUPPER(c);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to check all letters to find a word with mixed upper/lower.
|
|
* But a word with an upper char only at start is a ONECAP.
|
|
*/
|
|
for ( ; end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
|
|
if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(p);
|
|
if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
{
|
|
/* UUl -> KEEPCAP */
|
|
if (past_second && allcap)
|
|
return WF_KEEPCAP;
|
|
allcap = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!allcap)
|
|
/* UlU -> KEEPCAP */
|
|
return WF_KEEPCAP;
|
|
past_second = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (allcap)
|
|
return WF_ALLCAP;
|
|
if (firstcap)
|
|
return WF_ONECAP;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like captype() but for a KEEPCAP word add ONECAP if the word starts with a
|
|
* capital. So that make_case_word() can turn WOrd into Word.
|
|
* Add ALLCAP for "WOrD".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
badword_captype(char_u *word, char_u *end)
|
|
{
|
|
int flags = captype(word, end);
|
|
int c;
|
|
int l, u;
|
|
int first;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Count the number of UPPER and lower case letters. */
|
|
l = u = 0;
|
|
first = FALSE;
|
|
for (p = word; p < end; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
|
|
{
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(p);
|
|
if (SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
{
|
|
++u;
|
|
if (p == word)
|
|
first = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
++l;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If there are more UPPER than lower case letters suggest an
|
|
* ALLCAP word. Otherwise, if the first letter is UPPER then
|
|
* suggest ONECAP. Exception: "ALl" most likely should be "All",
|
|
* require three upper case letters. */
|
|
if (u > l && u > 2)
|
|
flags |= WF_ALLCAP;
|
|
else if (first)
|
|
flags |= WF_ONECAP;
|
|
|
|
if (u >= 2 && l >= 2) /* maCARONI maCAroni */
|
|
flags |= WF_MIXCAP;
|
|
}
|
|
return flags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete the internal wordlist and its .spl file.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_delete_wordlist(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
|
if (int_wordlist != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
mch_remove(int_wordlist);
|
|
int_wordlist_spl(fname);
|
|
mch_remove(fname);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(int_wordlist);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free all languages.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_free_all(void)
|
|
{
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all buffers and handle 'spelllang'. <VN> */
|
|
FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
|
|
ga_clear(&buf->b_s.b_langp);
|
|
|
|
while (first_lang != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
slang = first_lang;
|
|
first_lang = slang->sl_next;
|
|
slang_free(slang);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spell_delete_wordlist();
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(repl_to);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(repl_from);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear all spelling tables and reload them.
|
|
* Used after 'encoding' is set and when ":mkspell" was used.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_reload(void)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the table for spell_iswordp(). */
|
|
init_spell_chartab();
|
|
|
|
/* Unload all allocated memory. */
|
|
spell_free_all();
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all buffers and handle 'spelllang'. */
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only load the wordlists when 'spelllang' is set and there is a
|
|
* window for this buffer in which 'spell' is set. */
|
|
if (*wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_p_spell)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)did_set_spelllang(wp);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Opposite of offset2bytes().
|
|
* "pp" points to the bytes and is advanced over it.
|
|
* Returns the offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
bytes2offset(char_u **pp)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = *pp;
|
|
int nr;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
c = *p++;
|
|
if ((c & 0x80) == 0x00) /* 1 byte */
|
|
{
|
|
nr = c - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((c & 0xc0) == 0x80) /* 2 bytes */
|
|
{
|
|
nr = (c & 0x3f) - 1;
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((c & 0xe0) == 0xc0) /* 3 bytes */
|
|
{
|
|
nr = (c & 0x1f) - 1;
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else /* 4 bytes */
|
|
{
|
|
nr = (c & 0x0f) - 1;
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*pp = p;
|
|
return nr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open a spell buffer. This is a nameless buffer that is not in the buffer
|
|
* list and only contains text lines. Can use a swapfile to reduce memory
|
|
* use.
|
|
* Most other fields are invalid! Esp. watch out for string options being
|
|
* NULL and there is no undo info.
|
|
* Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
buf_T *
|
|
open_spellbuf(void)
|
|
{
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
|
buf = (buf_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(buf_T));
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
buf->b_spell = TRUE;
|
|
buf->b_p_swf = TRUE; /* may create a swap file */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
buf->b_p_key = empty_option;
|
|
#endif
|
|
ml_open(buf);
|
|
ml_open_file(buf); /* create swap file now */
|
|
}
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Close the buffer used for spell info.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
close_spellbuf(buf_T *buf)
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
ml_close(buf, TRUE);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Init the chartab used for spelling for ASCII.
|
|
* EBCDIC is not supported!
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
clear_spell_chartab(spelltab_T *sp)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Init everything to FALSE. */
|
|
vim_memset(sp->st_isw, FALSE, sizeof(sp->st_isw));
|
|
vim_memset(sp->st_isu, FALSE, sizeof(sp->st_isu));
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
sp->st_fold[i] = i;
|
|
sp->st_upper[i] = i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We include digits. A word shouldn't start with a digit, but handling
|
|
* that is done separately. */
|
|
for (i = '0'; i <= '9'; ++i)
|
|
sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
for (i = 'A'; i <= 'Z'; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
sp->st_isu[i] = TRUE;
|
|
sp->st_fold[i] = i + 0x20;
|
|
}
|
|
for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
sp->st_upper[i] = i - 0x20;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Init the chartab used for spelling. Only depends on 'encoding'.
|
|
* Called once while starting up and when 'encoding' changes.
|
|
* The default is to use isalpha(), but the spell file should define the word
|
|
* characters to make it possible that 'encoding' differs from the current
|
|
* locale. For utf-8 we don't use isalpha() but our own functions.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
init_spell_chartab(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
did_set_spelltab = FALSE;
|
|
clear_spell_chartab(&spelltab);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (enc_dbcs)
|
|
{
|
|
/* DBCS: assume double-wide characters are word characters. */
|
|
for (i = 128; i <= 255; ++i)
|
|
if (MB_BYTE2LEN(i) == 2)
|
|
spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (enc_utf8)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
int f = utf_fold(i);
|
|
int u = utf_toupper(i);
|
|
|
|
spelltab.st_isu[i] = utf_isupper(i);
|
|
spelltab.st_isw[i] = spelltab.st_isu[i] || utf_islower(i);
|
|
/* The folded/upper-cased value is different between latin1 and
|
|
* utf8 for 0xb5, causing E763 for no good reason. Use the latin1
|
|
* value for utf-8 to avoid this. */
|
|
spelltab.st_fold[i] = (f < 256) ? f : i;
|
|
spelltab.st_upper[i] = (u < 256) ? u : i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* Rough guess: use locale-dependent library functions. */
|
|
for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (MB_ISUPPER(i))
|
|
{
|
|
spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
spelltab.st_isu[i] = TRUE;
|
|
spelltab.st_fold[i] = MB_TOLOWER(i);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MB_ISLOWER(i))
|
|
{
|
|
spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
|
|
spelltab.st_upper[i] = MB_TOUPPER(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
|
|
* As a special case we see "midword" characters as word character when it is
|
|
* followed by a word character. This finds they'there but not 'they there'.
|
|
* Thus this only works properly when past the first character of the word.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_iswordp(
|
|
char_u *p,
|
|
win_T *wp) /* buffer used */
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int l;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
l = MB_PTR2LEN(p);
|
|
s = p;
|
|
if (l == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
if (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p])
|
|
s = p + 1; /* skip a mid-word character */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
if (c < 256 ? wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[c]
|
|
: (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb != NULL
|
|
&& vim_strchr(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, c) != NULL))
|
|
s = p + l;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
if (c > 255)
|
|
return spell_mb_isword_class(mb_get_class(s), wp);
|
|
return spelltab.st_isw[c];
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return spelltab.st_isw[wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p] ? p[1] : p[0]];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
|
|
* Unlike spell_iswordp() this doesn't check for "midword" characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_iswordp_nmw(char_u *p, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
if (c > 255)
|
|
return spell_mb_isword_class(mb_get_class(p), wp);
|
|
return spelltab.st_isw[c];
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return spelltab.st_isw[*p];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if word class indicates a word character.
|
|
* Only for characters above 255.
|
|
* Unicode subscript and superscript are not considered word characters.
|
|
* See also dbcs_class() and utf_class() in mbyte.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_mb_isword_class(int cl, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_s->b_cjk)
|
|
/* East Asian characters are not considered word characters. */
|
|
return cl == 2 || cl == 0x2800;
|
|
return cl >= 2 && cl != 0x2070 && cl != 0x2080;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
|
|
* Wide version of spell_iswordp().
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_iswordp_w(int *p, win_T *wp)
|
|
{
|
|
int *s;
|
|
|
|
if (*p < 256 ? wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p]
|
|
: (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb != NULL
|
|
&& vim_strchr(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, *p) != NULL))
|
|
s = p + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
s = p;
|
|
|
|
if (*s > 255)
|
|
{
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
return spell_mb_isword_class(utf_class(*s), wp);
|
|
if (enc_dbcs)
|
|
return spell_mb_isword_class(
|
|
dbcs_class((unsigned)*s >> 8, *s & 0xff), wp);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return spelltab.st_isw[*s];
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Case-fold "str[len]" into "buf[buflen]". The result is NUL terminated.
|
|
* Uses the character definitions from the .spl file.
|
|
* When using a multi-byte 'encoding' the length may change!
|
|
* Returns FAIL when something wrong.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_casefold(
|
|
char_u *str,
|
|
int len,
|
|
char_u *buf,
|
|
int buflen)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (len >= buflen)
|
|
{
|
|
buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
return FAIL; /* result will not fit */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
int outi = 0;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
/* Fold one character at a time. */
|
|
for (p = str; p < str + len; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (outi + MB_MAXBYTES > buflen)
|
|
{
|
|
buf[outi] = NUL;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
outi += mb_char2bytes(SPELL_TOFOLD(c), buf + outi);
|
|
}
|
|
buf[outi] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* Be quick for non-multibyte encodings. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
buf[i] = spelltab.st_fold[str[i]];
|
|
buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* values for sps_flags */
|
|
#define SPS_BEST 1
|
|
#define SPS_FAST 2
|
|
#define SPS_DOUBLE 4
|
|
|
|
static int sps_flags = SPS_BEST; /* flags from 'spellsuggest' */
|
|
static int sps_limit = 9999; /* max nr of suggestions given */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check the 'spellsuggest' option. Return FAIL if it's wrong.
|
|
* Sets "sps_flags" and "sps_limit".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_check_sps(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
|
|
int f;
|
|
|
|
sps_flags = 0;
|
|
sps_limit = 9999;
|
|
|
|
for (p = p_sps; *p != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
copy_option_part(&p, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");
|
|
|
|
f = 0;
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*buf))
|
|
{
|
|
s = buf;
|
|
sps_limit = getdigits(&s);
|
|
if (*s != NUL && !VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
f = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(buf, "best") == 0)
|
|
f = SPS_BEST;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(buf, "fast") == 0)
|
|
f = SPS_FAST;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(buf, "double") == 0)
|
|
f = SPS_DOUBLE;
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(buf, "expr:", 5) != 0
|
|
&& STRNCMP(buf, "file:", 5) != 0)
|
|
f = -1;
|
|
|
|
if (f == -1 || (sps_flags != 0 && f != 0))
|
|
{
|
|
sps_flags = SPS_BEST;
|
|
sps_limit = 9999;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (f != 0)
|
|
sps_flags = f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sps_flags == 0)
|
|
sps_flags = SPS_BEST;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* "z=": Find badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
|
|
* Give suggestions for the properly spelled word.
|
|
* In Visual mode use the highlighted word as the bad word.
|
|
* When "count" is non-zero use that suggestion.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_suggest(int count)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
pos_T prev_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
char_u wcopy[MAXWLEN + 2];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int c;
|
|
suginfo_T sug;
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
int mouse_used;
|
|
int need_cap;
|
|
int limit;
|
|
int selected = count;
|
|
int badlen = 0;
|
|
int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
|
if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (VIsual_active)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use the Visually selected text as the bad word. But reject
|
|
* a multi-line selection. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != VIsual.lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_beep(BO_SPELL);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
badlen = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)VIsual.col;
|
|
if (badlen < 0)
|
|
badlen = -badlen;
|
|
else
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = VIsual.col;
|
|
++badlen;
|
|
end_visual_mode();
|
|
}
|
|
/* Find the start of the badly spelled word. */
|
|
else if (spell_move_to(curwin, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL) == 0
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.col > prev_cursor.col)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No bad word or it starts after the cursor: use the word under the
|
|
* cursor. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = prev_cursor;
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
/* Backup to before start of word. */
|
|
while (p > line && spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
|
|
/* Forward to start of word. */
|
|
while (*p != NUL && !spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
|
|
if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin)) /* No word found. */
|
|
{
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get the word and its length. */
|
|
|
|
/* Figure out if the word should be capitalised. */
|
|
need_cap = check_need_cap(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
|
/* Make a copy of current line since autocommands may free the line. */
|
|
line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
if (line == NULL)
|
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the list of suggestions. Limit to 'lines' - 2 or the number in
|
|
* 'spellsuggest', whatever is smaller. */
|
|
if (sps_limit > (int)Rows - 2)
|
|
limit = (int)Rows - 2;
|
|
else
|
|
limit = sps_limit;
|
|
spell_find_suggest(line + curwin->w_cursor.col, badlen, &sug, limit,
|
|
TRUE, need_cap, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (sug.su_ga.ga_len == 0)
|
|
MSG(_("Sorry, no suggestions"));
|
|
else if (count > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (count > sug.su_ga.ga_len)
|
|
smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, only %ld suggestions"),
|
|
(long)sug.su_ga.ga_len);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(repl_from);
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(repl_to);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
/* When 'rightleft' is set the list is drawn right-left. */
|
|
cmdmsg_rl = curwin->w_p_rl;
|
|
if (cmdmsg_rl)
|
|
msg_col = Columns - 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* List the suggestions. */
|
|
msg_start();
|
|
msg_row = Rows - 1; /* for when 'cmdheight' > 1 */
|
|
lines_left = Rows; /* avoid more prompt */
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Change \"%.*s\" to:"),
|
|
sug.su_badlen, sug.su_badptr);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
if (cmdmsg_rl && STRNCMP(IObuff, "Change", 6) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* And now the rabbit from the high hat: Avoid showing the
|
|
* untranslated message rightleft. */
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, ":ot \"%.*s\" egnahC",
|
|
sug.su_badlen, sug.su_badptr);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
msg_puts(IObuff);
|
|
msg_clr_eos();
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
|
msg_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sug.su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, i);
|
|
|
|
/* The suggested word may replace only part of the bad word, add
|
|
* the not replaced part. */
|
|
vim_strncpy(wcopy, stp->st_word, MAXWLEN);
|
|
if (sug.su_badlen > stp->st_orglen)
|
|
vim_strncpy(wcopy + stp->st_wordlen,
|
|
sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen,
|
|
sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%2d", i + 1);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
if (cmdmsg_rl)
|
|
rl_mirror(IObuff);
|
|
#endif
|
|
msg_puts(IObuff);
|
|
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " \"%s\"", wcopy);
|
|
msg_puts(IObuff);
|
|
|
|
/* The word may replace more than "su_badlen". */
|
|
if (sug.su_badlen < stp->st_orglen)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _(" < \"%.*s\""),
|
|
stp->st_orglen, sug.su_badptr);
|
|
msg_puts(IObuff);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add the score. */
|
|
if (sps_flags & (SPS_DOUBLE | SPS_BEST))
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " (%s%d - %d)",
|
|
stp->st_salscore ? "s " : "",
|
|
stp->st_score, stp->st_altscore);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " (%d)",
|
|
stp->st_score);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
if (cmdmsg_rl)
|
|
/* Mirror the numbers, but keep the leading space. */
|
|
rl_mirror(IObuff + 1);
|
|
#endif
|
|
msg_advance(30);
|
|
msg_puts(IObuff);
|
|
}
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
cmdmsg_rl = FALSE;
|
|
msg_col = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Ask for choice. */
|
|
selected = prompt_for_number(&mouse_used);
|
|
if (mouse_used)
|
|
selected -= lines_left;
|
|
lines_left = Rows; /* avoid more prompt */
|
|
/* don't delay for 'smd' in normal_cmd() */
|
|
msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (selected > 0 && selected <= sug.su_ga.ga_len && u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save the from and to text for :spellrepall. */
|
|
stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, selected - 1);
|
|
if (sug.su_badlen > stp->st_orglen)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replacing less than "su_badlen", append the remainder to
|
|
* repl_to. */
|
|
repl_from = vim_strnsave(sug.su_badptr, sug.su_badlen);
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s%.*s", stp->st_word,
|
|
sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen,
|
|
sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
|
|
repl_to = vim_strsave(IObuff);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replacing su_badlen or more, use the whole word. */
|
|
repl_from = vim_strnsave(sug.su_badptr, stp->st_orglen);
|
|
repl_to = vim_strsave(stp->st_word);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Replace the word. */
|
|
p = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(line) - stp->st_orglen
|
|
+ stp->st_wordlen + 1);
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
c = (int)(sug.su_badptr - line);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, line, c);
|
|
STRCPY(p + c, stp->st_word);
|
|
STRCAT(p, sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, FALSE);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = c;
|
|
|
|
/* For redo we use a change-word command. */
|
|
ResetRedobuff();
|
|
AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"ciw");
|
|
AppendToRedobuffLit(p + c,
|
|
stp->st_wordlen + sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(ESC);
|
|
|
|
/* After this "p" may be invalid. */
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = prev_cursor;
|
|
|
|
spell_find_cleanup(&sug);
|
|
skip:
|
|
vim_free(line);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the word at line "lnum" column "col" is required to start with a
|
|
* capital. This uses 'spellcapcheck' of the current buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
check_need_cap(linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)
|
|
{
|
|
int need_cap = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *line_copy = NULL;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
colnr_T endcol;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
endcol = 0;
|
|
if (getwhitecols(line) >= (int)col)
|
|
{
|
|
/* At start of line, check if previous line is empty or sentence
|
|
* ends there. */
|
|
if (lnum == 1)
|
|
need_cap = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
|
|
need_cap = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Append a space in place of the line break. */
|
|
line_copy = concat_str(line, (char_u *)" ");
|
|
line = line_copy;
|
|
endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(line);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
endcol = col;
|
|
|
|
if (endcol > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check if sentence ends before the bad word. */
|
|
regmatch.regprog = curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog;
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
p = line + endcol;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
|
|
if (p == line || spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (vim_regexec(®match, p, 0)
|
|
&& regmatch.endp[0] == line + endcol)
|
|
{
|
|
need_cap = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog = regmatch.regprog;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(line_copy);
|
|
|
|
return need_cap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":spellrepall"
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ex_spellrepall(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
char_u *frompat;
|
|
int addlen;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int save_ws = p_ws;
|
|
linenr_T prev_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (repl_from == NULL || repl_to == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E752: No previous spell replacement"));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
addlen = (int)(STRLEN(repl_to) - STRLEN(repl_from));
|
|
|
|
frompat = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(repl_from) + 7);
|
|
if (frompat == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
sprintf((char *)frompat, "\\V\\<%s\\>", repl_from);
|
|
p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
sub_nsubs = 0;
|
|
sub_nlines = 0;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
while (!got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
if (do_search(NULL, '/', frompat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP, NULL, NULL) == 0
|
|
|| u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Only replace when the right word isn't there yet. This happens
|
|
* when changing "etc" to "etc.". */
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
if (addlen <= 0 || STRNCMP(line + curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
repl_to, STRLEN(repl_to)) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
p = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(line) + addlen + 1);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
mch_memmove(p, line, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
STRCPY(p + curwin->w_cursor.col, repl_to);
|
|
STRCAT(p, line + curwin->w_cursor.col + STRLEN(repl_from));
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, FALSE);
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != prev_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
++sub_nlines;
|
|
prev_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
++sub_nsubs;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(repl_to);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p_ws = save_ws;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
vim_free(frompat);
|
|
|
|
if (sub_nsubs == 0)
|
|
EMSG2(_("E753: Not found: %s"), repl_from);
|
|
else
|
|
do_sub_msg(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find spell suggestions for "word". Return them in the growarray "*gap" as
|
|
* a list of allocated strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_suggest_list(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
int maxcount, /* maximum nr of suggestions */
|
|
int need_cap, /* 'spellcapcheck' matched */
|
|
int interactive)
|
|
{
|
|
suginfo_T sug;
|
|
int i;
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
char_u *wcopy;
|
|
|
|
spell_find_suggest(word, 0, &sug, maxcount, FALSE, need_cap, interactive);
|
|
|
|
/* Make room in "gap". */
|
|
ga_init2(gap, sizeof(char_u *), sug.su_ga.ga_len + 1);
|
|
if (ga_grow(gap, sug.su_ga.ga_len) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sug.su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, i);
|
|
|
|
/* The suggested word may replace only part of "word", add the not
|
|
* replaced part. */
|
|
wcopy = alloc(stp->st_wordlen
|
|
+ (unsigned)STRLEN(sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen) + 1);
|
|
if (wcopy == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
STRCPY(wcopy, stp->st_word);
|
|
STRCPY(wcopy + stp->st_wordlen, sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
|
|
((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = wcopy;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
spell_find_cleanup(&sug);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find spell suggestions for the word at the start of "badptr".
|
|
* Return the suggestions in "su->su_ga".
|
|
* The maximum number of suggestions is "maxcount".
|
|
* Note: does use info for the current window.
|
|
* This is based on the mechanisms of Aspell, but completely reimplemented.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_find_suggest(
|
|
char_u *badptr,
|
|
int badlen, /* length of bad word or 0 if unknown */
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
int maxcount,
|
|
int banbadword, /* don't include badword in suggestions */
|
|
int need_cap, /* word should start with capital */
|
|
int interactive)
|
|
{
|
|
hlf_T attr = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int do_combine = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *sps_copy;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
static int expr_busy = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int c;
|
|
int i;
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the info in "*su".
|
|
*/
|
|
vim_memset(su, 0, sizeof(suginfo_T));
|
|
ga_init2(&su->su_ga, (int)sizeof(suggest_T), 10);
|
|
ga_init2(&su->su_sga, (int)sizeof(suggest_T), 10);
|
|
if (*badptr == NUL)
|
|
return;
|
|
hash_init(&su->su_banned);
|
|
|
|
su->su_badptr = badptr;
|
|
if (badlen != 0)
|
|
su->su_badlen = badlen;
|
|
else
|
|
su->su_badlen = spell_check(curwin, su->su_badptr, &attr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
su->su_maxcount = maxcount;
|
|
su->su_maxscore = SCORE_MAXINIT;
|
|
|
|
if (su->su_badlen >= MAXWLEN)
|
|
su->su_badlen = MAXWLEN - 1; /* just in case */
|
|
vim_strncpy(su->su_badword, su->su_badptr, su->su_badlen);
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(su->su_badptr, su->su_badlen,
|
|
su->su_fbadword, MAXWLEN);
|
|
/* TODO: make this work if the case-folded text is longer than the original
|
|
* text. Currently an illegal byte causes wrong pointer computations. */
|
|
su->su_fbadword[su->su_badlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* get caps flags for bad word */
|
|
su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr,
|
|
su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);
|
|
if (need_cap)
|
|
su->su_badflags |= WF_ONECAP;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the default language for sound folding. We simply use the first
|
|
* one in 'spelllang' that supports sound folding. That's good for when
|
|
* using multiple files for one language, it's not that bad when mixing
|
|
* languages (e.g., "pl,en"). */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < curbuf->b_s.b_langp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curbuf->b_s.b_langp, i);
|
|
if (lp->lp_sallang != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
su->su_sallang = lp->lp_sallang;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Soundfold the bad word with the default sound folding, so that we don't
|
|
* have to do this many times. */
|
|
if (su->su_sallang != NULL)
|
|
spell_soundfold(su->su_sallang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE,
|
|
su->su_sal_badword);
|
|
|
|
/* If the word is not capitalised and spell_check() doesn't consider the
|
|
* word to be bad then it might need to be capitalised. Add a suggestion
|
|
* for that. */
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(su->su_badptr);
|
|
if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c) && attr == HLF_COUNT)
|
|
{
|
|
make_case_word(su->su_badword, buf, WF_ONECAP);
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, buf, su->su_badlen, SCORE_ICASE,
|
|
0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Ban the bad word itself. It may appear in another region. */
|
|
if (banbadword)
|
|
add_banned(su, su->su_badword);
|
|
|
|
/* Make a copy of 'spellsuggest', because the expression may change it. */
|
|
sps_copy = vim_strsave(p_sps);
|
|
if (sps_copy == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Loop over the items in 'spellsuggest'. */
|
|
for (p = sps_copy; *p != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
copy_option_part(&p, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");
|
|
|
|
if (STRNCMP(buf, "expr:", 5) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
/* Evaluate an expression. Skip this when called recursively,
|
|
* when using spellsuggest() in the expression. */
|
|
if (!expr_busy)
|
|
{
|
|
expr_busy = TRUE;
|
|
spell_suggest_expr(su, buf + 5);
|
|
expr_busy = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRNCMP(buf, "file:", 5) == 0)
|
|
/* Use list of suggestions in a file. */
|
|
spell_suggest_file(su, buf + 5);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use internal method. */
|
|
spell_suggest_intern(su, interactive);
|
|
if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
|
|
do_combine = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(sps_copy);
|
|
|
|
if (do_combine)
|
|
/* Combine the two list of suggestions. This must be done last,
|
|
* because sorting changes the order again. */
|
|
score_combine(su);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find suggestions by evaluating expression "expr".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_suggest_expr(suginfo_T *su, char_u *expr)
|
|
{
|
|
list_T *list;
|
|
listitem_T *li;
|
|
int score;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* The work is split up in a few parts to avoid having to export
|
|
* suginfo_T.
|
|
* First evaluate the expression and get the resulting list. */
|
|
list = eval_spell_expr(su->su_badword, expr);
|
|
if (list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Loop over the items in the list. */
|
|
for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get the word and the score from the items. */
|
|
score = get_spellword(li->li_tv.vval.v_list, &p);
|
|
if (score >= 0 && score <= su->su_maxscore)
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
|
|
score, 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
list_unref(list);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
|
|
check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find suggestions in file "fname". Used for "file:" in 'spellsuggest'.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_suggest_file(suginfo_T *su, char_u *fname)
|
|
{
|
|
FILE *fd;
|
|
char_u line[MAXWLEN * 2];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u cword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
/* Open the file. */
|
|
fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
|
|
if (fd == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Read it line by line. */
|
|
while (!vim_fgets(line, MAXWLEN * 2, fd) && !got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
|
p = vim_strchr(line, '/');
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
continue; /* No Tab found, just skip the line. */
|
|
*p++ = NUL;
|
|
if (STRICMP(su->su_badword, line) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Match! Isolate the good word, until CR or NL. */
|
|
for (len = 0; p[len] >= ' '; ++len)
|
|
;
|
|
p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* If the suggestion doesn't have specific case duplicate the case
|
|
* of the bad word. */
|
|
if (captype(p, NULL) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
make_case_word(p, cword, su->su_badflags);
|
|
p = cword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
|
|
SCORE_FILE, 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fclose(fd);
|
|
|
|
/* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
|
|
check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find suggestions for the internal method indicated by "sps_flags".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_suggest_intern(suginfo_T *su, int interactive)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load the .sug file(s) that are available and not done yet.
|
|
*/
|
|
suggest_load_files();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 1. Try special cases, such as repeating a word: "the the" -> "the".
|
|
*
|
|
* Set a maximum score to limit the combination of operations that is
|
|
* tried.
|
|
*/
|
|
suggest_try_special(su);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 2. Try inserting/deleting/swapping/changing a letter, use REP entries
|
|
* from the .aff file and inserting a space (split the word).
|
|
*/
|
|
suggest_try_change(su);
|
|
|
|
/* For the resulting top-scorers compute the sound-a-like score. */
|
|
if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
|
|
score_comp_sal(su);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 3. Try finding sound-a-like words.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((sps_flags & SPS_FAST) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sps_flags & SPS_BEST)
|
|
/* Adjust the word score for the suggestions found so far for how
|
|
* they sounds like. */
|
|
rescore_suggestions(su);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* While going through the soundfold tree "su_maxscore" is the score
|
|
* for the soundfold word, limits the changes that are being tried,
|
|
* and "su_sfmaxscore" the rescored score, which is set by
|
|
* cleanup_suggestions().
|
|
* First find words with a small edit distance, because this is much
|
|
* faster and often already finds the top-N suggestions. If we didn't
|
|
* find many suggestions try again with a higher edit distance.
|
|
* "sl_sounddone" is used to avoid doing the same word twice.
|
|
*/
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike_prep();
|
|
su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX1;
|
|
su->su_sfmaxscore = SCORE_MAXINIT * 3;
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike(su);
|
|
if (su->su_ga.ga_len < SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su))
|
|
{
|
|
/* We didn't find enough matches, try again, allowing more
|
|
* changes to the soundfold word. */
|
|
su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX2;
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike(su);
|
|
if (su->su_ga.ga_len < SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Still didn't find enough matches, try again, allowing even
|
|
* more changes to the soundfold word. */
|
|
su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX3;
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike(su);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
su->su_maxscore = su->su_sfmaxscore;
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike_finish();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When CTRL-C was hit while searching do show the results. Only clear
|
|
* got_int when using a command, not for spellsuggest(). */
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
if (interactive && got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)vgetc();
|
|
got_int = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE) == 0 && su->su_ga.ga_len != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sps_flags & SPS_BEST)
|
|
/* Adjust the word score for how it sounds like. */
|
|
rescore_suggestions(su);
|
|
|
|
/* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
|
|
check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the info put in "*su" by spell_find_suggest().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_find_cleanup(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Free the suggestions. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
vim_free(SUG(su->su_ga, i).st_word);
|
|
ga_clear(&su->su_ga);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
vim_free(SUG(su->su_sga, i).st_word);
|
|
ga_clear(&su->su_sga);
|
|
|
|
/* Free the banned words. */
|
|
hash_clear_all(&su->su_banned, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a copy of "word", with the first letter upper or lower cased, to
|
|
* "wcopy[MAXWLEN]". "word" must not be empty.
|
|
* The result is NUL terminated.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
onecap_copy(
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
char_u *wcopy,
|
|
int upper) /* TRUE: first letter made upper case */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
p = word;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
c = *p++;
|
|
if (upper)
|
|
c = SPELL_TOUPPER(c);
|
|
else
|
|
c = SPELL_TOFOLD(c);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
l = mb_char2bytes(c, wcopy);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
l = 1;
|
|
wcopy[0] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_strncpy(wcopy + l, p, MAXWLEN - l - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a copy of "word" with all the letters upper cased into
|
|
* "wcopy[MAXWLEN]". The result is NUL terminated.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
allcap_copy(char_u *word, char_u *wcopy)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
char_u *d;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
d = wcopy;
|
|
for (s = word; *s != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
c = *s++;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* We only change 0xdf to SS when we are certain latin1 is used. It
|
|
* would cause weird errors in other 8-bit encodings. */
|
|
if (enc_latin1like && c == 0xdf)
|
|
{
|
|
c = 'S';
|
|
if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - 1)
|
|
break;
|
|
*d++ = c;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
c = SPELL_TOUPPER(c);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - MB_MAXBYTES)
|
|
break;
|
|
d += mb_char2bytes(c, d);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - 1)
|
|
break;
|
|
*d++ = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*d = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try finding suggestions by recognizing specific situations.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_try_special(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
size_t len;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u word[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recognize a word that is repeated: "the the".
|
|
*/
|
|
p = skiptowhite(su->su_fbadword);
|
|
len = p - su->su_fbadword;
|
|
p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
if (STRLEN(p) == len && STRNCMP(su->su_fbadword, p, len) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Include badflags: if the badword is onecap or allcap
|
|
* use that for the goodword too: "The the" -> "The". */
|
|
c = su->su_fbadword[len];
|
|
su->su_fbadword[len] = NUL;
|
|
make_case_word(su->su_fbadword, word, su->su_badflags);
|
|
su->su_fbadword[len] = c;
|
|
|
|
/* Give a soundalike score of 0, compute the score as if deleting one
|
|
* character. */
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, word, su->su_badlen,
|
|
RESCORE(SCORE_REP, 0), 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Change the 0 to 1 to measure how much time is spent in each state.
|
|
* Output is dumped in "suggestprof".
|
|
*/
|
|
#if 0
|
|
# define SUGGEST_PROFILE
|
|
proftime_T current;
|
|
proftime_T total;
|
|
proftime_T times[STATE_FINAL + 1];
|
|
long counts[STATE_FINAL + 1];
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
prof_init(void)
|
|
{
|
|
for (int i = 0; i <= STATE_FINAL; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
profile_zero(×[i]);
|
|
counts[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
profile_start(¤t);
|
|
profile_start(&total);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* call before changing state */
|
|
static void
|
|
prof_store(state_T state)
|
|
{
|
|
profile_end(¤t);
|
|
profile_add(×[state], ¤t);
|
|
++counts[state];
|
|
profile_start(¤t);
|
|
}
|
|
# define PROF_STORE(state) prof_store(state);
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
prof_report(char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
FILE *fd = fopen("suggestprof", "a");
|
|
|
|
profile_end(&total);
|
|
fprintf(fd, "-----------------------\n");
|
|
fprintf(fd, "%s: %s\n", name, profile_msg(&total));
|
|
for (int i = 0; i <= STATE_FINAL; ++i)
|
|
fprintf(fd, "%d: %s (%ld)\n", i, profile_msg(×[i]), counts[i]);
|
|
fclose(fd);
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
# define PROF_STORE(state)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try finding suggestions by adding/removing/swapping letters.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_try_change(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fword[MAXWLEN]; /* copy of the bad word, case-folded */
|
|
int n;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
|
|
/* We make a copy of the case-folded bad word, so that we can modify it
|
|
* to find matches (esp. REP items). Append some more text, changing
|
|
* chars after the bad word may help. */
|
|
STRCPY(fword, su->su_fbadword);
|
|
n = (int)STRLEN(fword);
|
|
p = su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen;
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(p, (int)STRLEN(p), fword + n, MAXWLEN - n);
|
|
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
|
|
/* If reloading a spell file fails it's still in the list but
|
|
* everything has been cleared. */
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_fbyts == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/* Try it for this language. Will add possible suggestions. */
|
|
#ifdef SUGGEST_PROFILE
|
|
prof_init();
|
|
#endif
|
|
suggest_trie_walk(su, lp, fword, FALSE);
|
|
#ifdef SUGGEST_PROFILE
|
|
prof_report("try_change");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check the maximum score, if we go over it we won't try this change. */
|
|
#define TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, add) \
|
|
(stack[depth].ts_score + (add) < su->su_maxscore)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try finding suggestions by adding/removing/swapping letters.
|
|
*
|
|
* This uses a state machine. At each node in the tree we try various
|
|
* operations. When trying if an operation works "depth" is increased and the
|
|
* stack[] is used to store info. This allows combinations, thus insert one
|
|
* character, replace one and delete another. The number of changes is
|
|
* limited by su->su_maxscore.
|
|
*
|
|
* After implementing this I noticed an article by Kemal Oflazer that
|
|
* describes something similar: "Error-tolerant Finite State Recognition with
|
|
* Applications to Morphological Analysis and Spelling Correction" (1996).
|
|
* The implementation in the article is simplified and requires a stack of
|
|
* unknown depth. The implementation here only needs a stack depth equal to
|
|
* the length of the word.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is also used for the sound-folded word, "soundfold" is TRUE then.
|
|
* The mechanism is the same, but we find a match with a sound-folded word
|
|
* that comes from one or more original words. Each of these words may be
|
|
* added, this is done by add_sound_suggest().
|
|
* Don't use:
|
|
* the prefix tree or the keep-case tree
|
|
* "su->su_badlen"
|
|
* anything to do with upper and lower case
|
|
* anything to do with word or non-word characters ("spell_iswordp()")
|
|
* banned words
|
|
* word flags (rare, region, compounding)
|
|
* word splitting for now
|
|
* "similar_chars()"
|
|
* use "slang->sl_repsal" instead of "lp->lp_replang->sl_rep"
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_trie_walk(
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
langp_T *lp,
|
|
char_u *fword,
|
|
int soundfold)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u tword[MAXWLEN]; /* good word collected so far */
|
|
trystate_T stack[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u preword[MAXWLEN * 3]; /* word found with proper case;
|
|
* concatenation of prefix compound
|
|
* words and split word. NUL terminated
|
|
* when going deeper but not when coming
|
|
* back. */
|
|
char_u compflags[MAXWLEN]; /* compound flags, one for each word */
|
|
trystate_T *sp;
|
|
int newscore;
|
|
int score;
|
|
char_u *byts, *fbyts, *pbyts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs, *fidxs, *pidxs;
|
|
int depth;
|
|
int c, c2, c3;
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
int flags;
|
|
garray_T *gap;
|
|
idx_T arridx;
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
fromto_T *ftp;
|
|
int fl = 0, tl;
|
|
int repextra = 0; /* extra bytes in fword[] from REP item */
|
|
slang_T *slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
int fword_ends;
|
|
int goodword_ends;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
/* Stores the name of the change made at each level. */
|
|
char_u changename[MAXWLEN][80];
|
|
#endif
|
|
int breakcheckcount = 1000;
|
|
int compound_ok;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go through the whole case-fold tree, try changes at each node.
|
|
* "tword[]" contains the word collected from nodes in the tree.
|
|
* "fword[]" the word we are trying to match with (initially the bad
|
|
* word).
|
|
*/
|
|
depth = 0;
|
|
sp = &stack[0];
|
|
vim_memset(sp, 0, sizeof(trystate_T));
|
|
sp->ts_curi = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Going through the soundfold tree. */
|
|
byts = fbyts = slang->sl_sbyts;
|
|
idxs = fidxs = slang->sl_sidxs;
|
|
pbyts = NULL;
|
|
pidxs = NULL;
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_START;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* When there are postponed prefixes we need to use these first. At
|
|
* the end of the prefix we continue in the case-fold tree.
|
|
*/
|
|
fbyts = slang->sl_fbyts;
|
|
fidxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
|
|
pbyts = slang->sl_pbyts;
|
|
pidxs = slang->sl_pidxs;
|
|
if (pbyts != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
byts = pbyts;
|
|
idxs = pidxs;
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_PREFIXTREE;
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_NOPREFIX; /* try without prefix first */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
byts = fbyts;
|
|
idxs = fidxs;
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_START;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop to find all suggestions. At each round we either:
|
|
* - For the current state try one operation, advance "ts_curi",
|
|
* increase "depth".
|
|
* - When a state is done go to the next, set "ts_state".
|
|
* - When all states are tried decrease "depth".
|
|
*/
|
|
while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
sp = &stack[depth];
|
|
switch (sp->ts_state)
|
|
{
|
|
case STATE_START:
|
|
case STATE_NOPREFIX:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start of node: Deal with NUL bytes, which means
|
|
* tword[] may end here.
|
|
*/
|
|
arridx = sp->ts_arridx; /* current node in the tree */
|
|
len = byts[arridx]; /* bytes in this node */
|
|
arridx += sp->ts_curi; /* index of current byte */
|
|
|
|
if (sp->ts_prefixdepth == PFD_PREFIXTREE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over the NUL bytes, we use them later. */
|
|
for (n = 0; n < len && byts[arridx + n] == 0; ++n)
|
|
;
|
|
sp->ts_curi += n;
|
|
|
|
/* Always past NUL bytes now. */
|
|
n = (int)sp->ts_state;
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_ENDNUL;
|
|
sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;
|
|
|
|
/* At end of a prefix or at start of prefixtree: check for
|
|
* following word. */
|
|
if (byts[arridx] == 0 || n == (int)STATE_NOPREFIX)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Set su->su_badflags to the caps type at this position.
|
|
* Use the caps type until here for the prefix itself. */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
n = nofold_len(fword, sp->ts_fidx, su->su_badptr);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
n = sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
flags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr, su->su_badptr + n);
|
|
su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr + n,
|
|
su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "prefix");
|
|
#endif
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, 0);
|
|
++depth;
|
|
sp = &stack[depth];
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = depth - 1;
|
|
byts = fbyts;
|
|
idxs = fidxs;
|
|
sp->ts_arridx = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Move the prefix to preword[] with the right case
|
|
* and make find_keepcap_word() works. */
|
|
tword[sp->ts_twordlen] = NUL;
|
|
make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, flags);
|
|
sp->ts_prewordlen = (char_u)STRLEN(preword);
|
|
sp->ts_splitoff = sp->ts_twordlen;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi > len || byts[arridx] != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Past bytes in node and/or past NUL bytes. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_ENDNUL;
|
|
sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* End of word in tree.
|
|
*/
|
|
++sp->ts_curi; /* eat one NUL byte */
|
|
|
|
flags = (int)idxs[arridx];
|
|
|
|
/* Skip words with the NOSUGGEST flag. */
|
|
if (flags & WF_NOSUGGEST)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
fword_ends = (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == NUL
|
|
|| (soundfold
|
|
? VIM_ISWHITE(fword[sp->ts_fidx])
|
|
: !spell_iswordp(fword + sp->ts_fidx, curwin)));
|
|
tword[sp->ts_twordlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
if (sp->ts_prefixdepth <= PFD_NOTSPECIAL
|
|
&& (sp->ts_flags & TSF_PREFIXOK) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* There was a prefix before the word. Check that the prefix
|
|
* can be used with this word. */
|
|
/* Count the length of the NULs in the prefix. If there are
|
|
* none this must be the first try without a prefix. */
|
|
n = stack[sp->ts_prefixdepth].ts_arridx;
|
|
len = pbyts[n++];
|
|
for (c = 0; c < len && pbyts[n + c] == 0; ++c)
|
|
;
|
|
if (c > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
c = valid_word_prefix(c, n, flags,
|
|
tword + sp->ts_splitoff, slang, FALSE);
|
|
if (c == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Use the WF_RARE flag for a rare prefix. */
|
|
if (c & WF_RAREPFX)
|
|
flags |= WF_RARE;
|
|
|
|
/* Tricky: when checking for both prefix and compounding
|
|
* we run into the prefix flag first.
|
|
* Remember that it's OK, so that we accept the prefix
|
|
* when arriving at a compound flag. */
|
|
sp->ts_flags |= TSF_PREFIXOK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check NEEDCOMPOUND: can't use word without compounding. Do try
|
|
* appending another compound word below. */
|
|
if (sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit && fword_ends
|
|
&& (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP))
|
|
goodword_ends = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
goodword_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
compound_ok = TRUE;
|
|
if (sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit)
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak)
|
|
{
|
|
/* There was a word before this word. When there was no
|
|
* change in this word (it was correct) add the first word
|
|
* as a suggestion. If this word was corrected too, we
|
|
* need to check if a correct word follows. */
|
|
if (sp->ts_fidx - sp->ts_splitfidx
|
|
== sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
|
|
&& STRNCMP(fword + sp->ts_splitfidx,
|
|
tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
sp->ts_fidx - sp->ts_splitfidx) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
preword[sp->ts_prewordlen] = NUL;
|
|
newscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, sp->ts_score,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
sp->ts_prewordlen > 0);
|
|
/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
|
|
if (newscore <= su->su_maxscore)
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
|
|
sp->ts_splitfidx - repextra,
|
|
newscore, 0, FALSE,
|
|
lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* There was a compound word before this word. If this
|
|
* word does not support compounding then give up
|
|
* (splitting is tried for the word without compound
|
|
* flag). */
|
|
if (((unsigned)flags >> 24) == 0
|
|
|| sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
|
|
< slang->sl_compminlen)
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* For multi-byte chars check character length against
|
|
* COMPOUNDMIN. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte
|
|
&& slang->sl_compminlen > 0
|
|
&& mb_charlen(tword + sp->ts_splitoff)
|
|
< slang->sl_compminlen)
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
|
|
vim_strncpy(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff);
|
|
|
|
/* Verify CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN rules. */
|
|
if (match_checkcompoundpattern(preword, sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
&slang->sl_comppat))
|
|
compound_ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (compound_ok)
|
|
{
|
|
p = preword;
|
|
while (*skiptowhite(p) != NUL)
|
|
p = skipwhite(skiptowhite(p));
|
|
if (fword_ends && !can_compound(slang, p,
|
|
compflags + sp->ts_compsplit))
|
|
/* Compound is not allowed. But it may still be
|
|
* possible if we add another (short) word. */
|
|
compound_ok = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get pointer to last char of previous word. */
|
|
p = preword + sp->ts_prewordlen;
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(preword, p);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Form the word with proper case in preword.
|
|
* If there is a word from a previous split, append.
|
|
* For the soundfold tree don't change the case, simply append.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
STRCPY(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, tword + sp->ts_splitoff);
|
|
else if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
|
|
/* Must find the word in the keep-case tree. */
|
|
find_keepcap_word(slang, tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Include badflags: If the badword is onecap or allcap
|
|
* use that for the goodword too. But if the badword is
|
|
* allcap and it's only one char long use onecap. */
|
|
c = su->su_badflags;
|
|
if ((c & WF_ALLCAP)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
&& su->su_badlen == (*mb_ptr2len)(su->su_badptr)
|
|
#else
|
|
&& su->su_badlen == 1
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
c = WF_ONECAP;
|
|
c |= flags;
|
|
|
|
/* When appending a compound word after a word character don't
|
|
* use Onecap. */
|
|
if (p != NULL && spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
c &= ~WF_ONECAP;
|
|
make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!soundfold)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't use a banned word. It may appear again as a good
|
|
* word, thus remember it. */
|
|
if (flags & WF_BANNED)
|
|
{
|
|
add_banned(su, preword + sp->ts_prewordlen);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
|
|
&& WAS_BANNED(su, preword + sp->ts_prewordlen))
|
|
|| WAS_BANNED(su, preword))
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* the word so far was banned but we may try compounding */
|
|
goodword_ends = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
newscore = 0;
|
|
if (!soundfold) /* soundfold words don't have flags */
|
|
{
|
|
if ((flags & WF_REGION)
|
|
&& (((unsigned)flags >> 16) & lp->lp_region) == 0)
|
|
newscore += SCORE_REGION;
|
|
if (flags & WF_RARE)
|
|
newscore += SCORE_RARE;
|
|
|
|
if (!spell_valid_case(su->su_badflags,
|
|
captype(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, NULL)))
|
|
newscore += SCORE_ICASE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* TODO: how about splitting in the soundfold tree? */
|
|
if (fword_ends
|
|
&& goodword_ends
|
|
&& sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry
|
|
&& compound_ok)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The badword also ends: add suggestions. */
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
if (soundfold && STRCMP(preword, "smwrd") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
/* print the stack of changes that brought us here */
|
|
smsg("------ %s -------", fword);
|
|
for (j = 0; j < depth; ++j)
|
|
smsg("%s", changename[j]);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
{
|
|
/* For soundfolded words we need to find the original
|
|
* words, the edit distance and then add them. */
|
|
add_sound_suggest(su, preword, sp->ts_score, lp);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sp->ts_fidx > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Give a penalty when changing non-word char to word
|
|
* char, e.g., "thes," -> "these". */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(fword, p);
|
|
if (!spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
p = preword + STRLEN(preword);
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(preword, p);
|
|
if (spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
|
|
newscore += SCORE_NONWORD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
|
|
score = score_wordcount_adj(slang,
|
|
sp->ts_score + newscore,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
sp->ts_prewordlen > 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
|
|
if (score <= su->su_maxscore)
|
|
{
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
|
|
sp->ts_fidx - repextra,
|
|
score, 0, FALSE, lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (su->su_badflags & WF_MIXCAP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We really don't know if the word should be
|
|
* upper or lower case, add both. */
|
|
c = captype(preword, NULL);
|
|
if (c == 0 || c == WF_ALLCAP)
|
|
{
|
|
make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
c == 0 ? WF_ALLCAP : 0);
|
|
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
|
|
sp->ts_fidx - repextra,
|
|
score + SCORE_ICASE, 0, FALSE,
|
|
lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try word split and/or compounding.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry || fword_ends)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Don't split halfway a character. */
|
|
&& (!has_mbyte || sp->ts_tcharlen == 0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int try_compound;
|
|
int try_split;
|
|
|
|
/* If past the end of the bad word don't try a split.
|
|
* Otherwise try changing the next word. E.g., find
|
|
* suggestions for "the the" where the second "the" is
|
|
* different. It's done like a split.
|
|
* TODO: word split for soundfold words */
|
|
try_split = (sp->ts_fidx - repextra < su->su_badlen)
|
|
&& !soundfold;
|
|
|
|
/* Get here in several situations:
|
|
* 1. The word in the tree ends:
|
|
* If the word allows compounding try that. Otherwise try
|
|
* a split by inserting a space. For both check that a
|
|
* valid words starts at fword[sp->ts_fidx].
|
|
* For NOBREAK do like compounding to be able to check if
|
|
* the next word is valid.
|
|
* 2. The badword does end, but it was due to a change (e.g.,
|
|
* a swap). No need to split, but do check that the
|
|
* following word is valid.
|
|
* 3. The badword and the word in the tree end. It may still
|
|
* be possible to compound another (short) word.
|
|
*/
|
|
try_compound = FALSE;
|
|
if (!soundfold
|
|
&& !slang->sl_nocompoundsugs
|
|
&& slang->sl_compprog != NULL
|
|
&& ((unsigned)flags >> 24) != 0
|
|
&& sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
|
|
>= slang->sl_compminlen
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
&& (!has_mbyte
|
|
|| slang->sl_compminlen == 0
|
|
|| mb_charlen(tword + sp->ts_splitoff)
|
|
>= slang->sl_compminlen)
|
|
#endif
|
|
&& (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN
|
|
|| sp->ts_complen + 1 - sp->ts_compsplit
|
|
< slang->sl_compmax)
|
|
&& (can_be_compound(sp, slang,
|
|
compflags, ((unsigned)flags >> 24))))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
try_compound = TRUE;
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* For NOBREAK we never try splitting, it won't make any word
|
|
* valid. */
|
|
if (slang->sl_nobreak && !slang->sl_nocompoundsugs)
|
|
try_compound = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* If we could add a compound word, and it's also possible to
|
|
* split at this point, do the split first and set
|
|
* TSF_DIDSPLIT to avoid doing it again. */
|
|
else if (!fword_ends
|
|
&& try_compound
|
|
&& (sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDSPLIT) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
try_compound = FALSE;
|
|
sp->ts_flags |= TSF_DIDSPLIT;
|
|
--sp->ts_curi; /* do the same NUL again */
|
|
compflags[sp->ts_complen] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
sp->ts_flags &= ~TSF_DIDSPLIT;
|
|
|
|
if (try_split || try_compound)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!try_compound && (!fword_ends || !goodword_ends))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we're going to split need to check that the
|
|
* words so far are valid for compounding. If there
|
|
* is only one word it must not have the NEEDCOMPOUND
|
|
* flag. */
|
|
if (sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
|
|
&& (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP))
|
|
break;
|
|
p = preword;
|
|
while (*skiptowhite(p) != NUL)
|
|
p = skipwhite(skiptowhite(p));
|
|
if (sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit
|
|
&& !can_compound(slang, p,
|
|
compflags + sp->ts_compsplit))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_nosplitsugs)
|
|
newscore += SCORE_SPLIT_NO;
|
|
else
|
|
newscore += SCORE_SPLIT;
|
|
|
|
/* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
|
|
newscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, newscore,
|
|
preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
if (!try_compound && !fword_ends)
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: split",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx);
|
|
else
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: compound",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Save things to be restored at STATE_SPLITUNDO. */
|
|
sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_SPLITUNDO;
|
|
|
|
++depth;
|
|
sp = &stack[depth];
|
|
|
|
/* Append a space to preword when splitting. */
|
|
if (!try_compound && !fword_ends)
|
|
STRCAT(preword, " ");
|
|
sp->ts_prewordlen = (char_u)STRLEN(preword);
|
|
sp->ts_splitoff = sp->ts_twordlen;
|
|
sp->ts_splitfidx = sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
|
|
/* If the badword has a non-word character at this
|
|
* position skip it. That means replacing the
|
|
* non-word character with a space. Always skip a
|
|
* character when the word ends. But only when the
|
|
* good word can end. */
|
|
if (((!try_compound && !spell_iswordp_nmw(fword
|
|
+ sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
curwin))
|
|
|| fword_ends)
|
|
&& fword[sp->ts_fidx] != NUL
|
|
&& goodword_ends)
|
|
{
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
l = MB_PTR2LEN(fword + sp->ts_fidx);
|
|
if (fword_ends)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Copy the skipped character to preword. */
|
|
mch_memmove(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
|
|
fword + sp->ts_fidx, l);
|
|
sp->ts_prewordlen += l;
|
|
preword[sp->ts_prewordlen] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
sp->ts_score -= SCORE_SPLIT - SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
sp->ts_fidx += l;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When compounding include compound flag in
|
|
* compflags[] (already set above). When splitting we
|
|
* may start compounding over again. */
|
|
if (try_compound)
|
|
++sp->ts_complen;
|
|
else
|
|
sp->ts_compsplit = sp->ts_complen;
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;
|
|
|
|
/* set su->su_badflags to the caps type at this
|
|
* position */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
n = nofold_len(fword, sp->ts_fidx, su->su_badptr);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
n = sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr + n,
|
|
su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);
|
|
|
|
/* Restart at top of the tree. */
|
|
sp->ts_arridx = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* If there are postponed prefixes, try these too. */
|
|
if (pbyts != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
byts = pbyts;
|
|
idxs = pidxs;
|
|
sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_PREFIXTREE;
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_NOPREFIX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_SPLITUNDO:
|
|
/* Undo the changes done for word split or compound word. */
|
|
su->su_badflags = sp->ts_save_badflags;
|
|
|
|
/* Continue looking for NUL bytes. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_START;
|
|
|
|
/* In case we went into the prefix tree. */
|
|
byts = fbyts;
|
|
idxs = fidxs;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_ENDNUL:
|
|
/* Past the NUL bytes in the node. */
|
|
su->su_badflags = sp->ts_save_badflags;
|
|
if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == NUL
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
&& sp->ts_tcharlen == 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The badword ends, can't use STATE_PLAIN. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_DEL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_PLAIN;
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_PLAIN:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go over all possible bytes at this node, add each to tword[]
|
|
* and use child node. "ts_curi" is the index.
|
|
*/
|
|
arridx = sp->ts_arridx;
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi > byts[arridx])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Done all bytes at this node, do next state. When still at
|
|
* already changed bytes skip the other tricks. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
if (sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_DEL;
|
|
else
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
arridx += sp->ts_curi++;
|
|
c = byts[arridx];
|
|
|
|
/* Normal byte, go one level deeper. If it's not equal to the
|
|
* byte in the bad word adjust the score. But don't even try
|
|
* when the byte was already changed. And don't try when we
|
|
* just deleted this byte, accepting it is always cheaper than
|
|
* delete + substitute. */
|
|
if (c == fword[sp->ts_fidx]
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|| (sp->ts_tcharlen > 0 && sp->ts_isdiff != DIFF_NONE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
newscore = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
newscore = SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
if ((newscore == 0
|
|
|| (sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry
|
|
&& ((sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDDEL) == 0
|
|
|| c != fword[sp->ts_delidx])))
|
|
&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
if (newscore > 0)
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: subst %c to %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
fword[sp->ts_fidx], c);
|
|
else
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: accept %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
|
|
#endif
|
|
++depth;
|
|
sp = &stack[depth];
|
|
++sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
tword[sp->ts_twordlen++] = c;
|
|
sp->ts_arridx = idxs[arridx];
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (newscore == SCORE_SUBST)
|
|
sp->ts_isdiff = DIFF_YES;
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Multi-byte characters are a bit complicated to
|
|
* handle: They differ when any of the bytes differ
|
|
* and then their length may also differ. */
|
|
if (sp->ts_tcharlen == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* First byte. */
|
|
sp->ts_tcharidx = 0;
|
|
sp->ts_tcharlen = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
|
|
sp->ts_fcharstart = sp->ts_fidx - 1;
|
|
sp->ts_isdiff = (newscore != 0)
|
|
? DIFF_YES : DIFF_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_INSERT)
|
|
/* When inserting trail bytes don't advance in the
|
|
* bad word. */
|
|
--sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
if (++sp->ts_tcharidx == sp->ts_tcharlen)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Last byte of character. */
|
|
if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_YES)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Correct ts_fidx for the byte length of the
|
|
* character (we didn't check that before). */
|
|
sp->ts_fidx = sp->ts_fcharstart
|
|
+ MB_PTR2LEN(
|
|
fword + sp->ts_fcharstart);
|
|
/* For changing a composing character adjust
|
|
* the score from SCORE_SUBST to
|
|
* SCORE_SUBCOMP. */
|
|
if (enc_utf8
|
|
&& utf_iscomposing(
|
|
utf_ptr2char(tword
|
|
+ sp->ts_twordlen
|
|
- sp->ts_tcharlen))
|
|
&& utf_iscomposing(
|
|
utf_ptr2char(fword
|
|
+ sp->ts_fcharstart)))
|
|
sp->ts_score -=
|
|
SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SUBCOMP;
|
|
|
|
/* For a similar character adjust score from
|
|
* SCORE_SUBST to SCORE_SIMILAR. */
|
|
else if (!soundfold
|
|
&& slang->sl_has_map
|
|
&& similar_chars(slang,
|
|
mb_ptr2char(tword
|
|
+ sp->ts_twordlen
|
|
- sp->ts_tcharlen),
|
|
mb_ptr2char(fword
|
|
+ sp->ts_fcharstart)))
|
|
sp->ts_score -=
|
|
SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SIMILAR;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_INSERT
|
|
&& sp->ts_twordlen > sp->ts_tcharlen)
|
|
{
|
|
p = tword + sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_tcharlen;
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Inserting a composing char doesn't
|
|
* count that much. */
|
|
sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS - SCORE_INSCOMP;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the previous character was the same,
|
|
* thus doubling a character, give a bonus
|
|
* to the score. Also for the soundfold
|
|
* tree (might seem illogical but does
|
|
* give better scores). */
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(tword, p);
|
|
if (c == mb_ptr2char(p))
|
|
sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS
|
|
- SCORE_INSDUP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Starting a new char, reset the length. */
|
|
sp->ts_tcharlen = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we found a similar char adjust the score.
|
|
* We do this after calling go_deeper() because
|
|
* it's slow. */
|
|
if (newscore != 0
|
|
&& !soundfold
|
|
&& slang->sl_has_map
|
|
&& similar_chars(slang,
|
|
c, fword[sp->ts_fidx - 1]))
|
|
sp->ts_score -= SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SIMILAR;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_DEL:
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* When past the first byte of a multi-byte char don't try
|
|
* delete/insert/swap a character. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte && sp->ts_tcharlen > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try skipping one character in the bad word (delete it).
|
|
*/
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_INS_PREP;
|
|
sp->ts_curi = 1;
|
|
if (soundfold && sp->ts_fidx == 0 && fword[sp->ts_fidx] == '*')
|
|
/* Deleting a vowel at the start of a word counts less, see
|
|
* soundalike_score(). */
|
|
newscore = 2 * SCORE_DEL / 3;
|
|
else
|
|
newscore = SCORE_DEL;
|
|
if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] != NUL
|
|
&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: delete %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
|
|
#endif
|
|
++depth;
|
|
|
|
/* Remember what character we deleted, so that we can avoid
|
|
* inserting it again. */
|
|
stack[depth].ts_flags |= TSF_DIDDEL;
|
|
stack[depth].ts_delidx = sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
|
|
/* Advance over the character in fword[]. Give a bonus to the
|
|
* score if the same character is following "nn" -> "n". It's
|
|
* a bit illogical for soundfold tree but it does give better
|
|
* results. */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(fword + sp->ts_fidx);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidx += MB_PTR2LEN(fword + sp->ts_fidx);
|
|
if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELCOMP;
|
|
else if (c == mb_ptr2char(fword + stack[depth].ts_fidx))
|
|
stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELDUP;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
++stack[depth].ts_fidx;
|
|
if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == fword[sp->ts_fidx + 1])
|
|
stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELDUP;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_INS_PREP:
|
|
if (sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDDEL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we just deleted a byte then inserting won't make sense,
|
|
* a substitute is always cheaper. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* skip over NUL bytes */
|
|
n = sp->ts_arridx;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi > byts[n])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only NUL bytes at this node, go to next state. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (byts[n + sp->ts_curi] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Found a byte to insert. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_INS;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
++sp->ts_curi;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_INS:
|
|
/* Insert one byte. Repeat this for each possible byte at this
|
|
* node. */
|
|
n = sp->ts_arridx;
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi > byts[n])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Done all bytes at this node, go to next state. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Do one more byte at this node, but:
|
|
* - Skip NUL bytes.
|
|
* - Skip the byte if it's equal to the byte in the word,
|
|
* accepting that byte is always better.
|
|
*/
|
|
n += sp->ts_curi++;
|
|
c = byts[n];
|
|
if (soundfold && sp->ts_twordlen == 0 && c == '*')
|
|
/* Inserting a vowel at the start of a word counts less,
|
|
* see soundalike_score(). */
|
|
newscore = 2 * SCORE_INS / 3;
|
|
else
|
|
newscore = SCORE_INS;
|
|
if (c != fword[sp->ts_fidx]
|
|
&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: insert %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
c);
|
|
#endif
|
|
++depth;
|
|
sp = &stack[depth];
|
|
tword[sp->ts_twordlen++] = c;
|
|
sp->ts_arridx = idxs[n];
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
fl = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
|
|
if (fl > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* There are following bytes for the same character.
|
|
* We must find all bytes before trying
|
|
* delete/insert/swap/etc. */
|
|
sp->ts_tcharlen = fl;
|
|
sp->ts_tcharidx = 1;
|
|
sp->ts_isdiff = DIFF_INSERT;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
fl = 1;
|
|
if (fl == 1)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the previous character was the same, thus doubling a
|
|
* character, give a bonus to the score. Also for
|
|
* soundfold words (illogical but does give a better
|
|
* score). */
|
|
if (sp->ts_twordlen >= 2
|
|
&& tword[sp->ts_twordlen - 2] == c)
|
|
sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS - SCORE_INSDUP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_SWAP:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Swap two bytes in the bad word: "12" -> "21".
|
|
* We change "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at
|
|
* STATE_UNSWAP.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
if (c == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* End of word, can't swap or replace. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Don't swap if the first character is not a word character.
|
|
* SWAP3 etc. also don't make sense then. */
|
|
if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_CPTR2LEN(p);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
if (p[n] == NUL)
|
|
c2 = NUL;
|
|
else if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + n, curwin))
|
|
c2 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
|
|
else
|
|
c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
c2 = NUL;
|
|
else if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + 1, curwin))
|
|
c2 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
|
|
else
|
|
c2 = p[1];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When the second character is NUL we can't swap. */
|
|
if (c2 == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When characters are identical, swap won't do anything.
|
|
* Also get here if the second char is not a word character. */
|
|
if (c == c2)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP3;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (c2 != NUL && TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: swap %c and %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
c, c2);
|
|
#endif
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_UNSWAP;
|
|
++depth;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
fl = mb_char2len(c2);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + n, fl);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
p[0] = c2;
|
|
p[1] = c;
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If this swap doesn't work then SWAP3 won't either. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_UNSWAP:
|
|
/* Undo the STATE_SWAP swap: "21" -> "12". */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_PTR2LEN(p);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
mch_memmove(p + MB_PTR2LEN(p + n), p, n);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
*p = p[1];
|
|
p[1] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_SWAP3:
|
|
/* Swap two bytes, skipping one: "123" -> "321". We change
|
|
* "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNSWAP3. */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_CPTR2LEN(p);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
fl = MB_CPTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + n + fl, curwin))
|
|
c3 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
|
|
else
|
|
c3 = mb_ptr2char(p + n + fl);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
c2 = p[1];
|
|
if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + 2, curwin))
|
|
c3 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
|
|
else
|
|
c3 = p[2];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When characters are identical: "121" then SWAP3 result is
|
|
* identical, ROT3L result is same as SWAP: "211", ROT3L result is
|
|
* same as SWAP on next char: "112". Thus skip all swapping.
|
|
* Also skip when c3 is NUL.
|
|
* Also get here when the third character is not a word character.
|
|
* Second character may any char: "a.b" -> "b.a" */
|
|
if (c == c3 || c3 == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: swap3 %c and %c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
c, c3);
|
|
#endif
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_UNSWAP3;
|
|
++depth;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
tl = mb_char2len(c3);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + n + fl, tl);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c2, p + tl);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl + tl);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl + tl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
p[0] = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = c;
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_UNSWAP3:
|
|
/* Undo STATE_SWAP3: "321" -> "123" */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_PTR2LEN(p);
|
|
c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
fl = MB_PTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p + n + fl);
|
|
tl = MB_PTR2LEN(p + n + fl);
|
|
mch_memmove(p + fl + tl, p, n);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c2, p + tl);
|
|
p = p + tl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
*p = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = c;
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Middle char is not a word char, skip the rotate. First and
|
|
* third char were already checked at swap and swap3. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Rotate three characters left: "123" -> "231". We change
|
|
* "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNROT3L. */
|
|
if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: rotate left %c%c%c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
p[0], p[1], p[2]);
|
|
#endif
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_UNROT3L;
|
|
++depth;
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_CPTR2LEN(p);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
fl = MB_CPTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
fl += MB_CPTR2LEN(p + n + fl);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + n, fl);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
*p = p[1];
|
|
p[1] = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = c;
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_UNROT3L:
|
|
/* Undo ROT3L: "231" -> "123" */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_PTR2LEN(p);
|
|
n += MB_PTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
tl = MB_PTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
mch_memmove(p + tl, p, n);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = p[1];
|
|
p[1] = *p;
|
|
*p = c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Rotate three bytes right: "123" -> "312". We change "fword"
|
|
* here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNROT3R. */
|
|
if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: rotate right %c%c%c",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
p[0], p[1], p[2]);
|
|
#endif
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_UNROT3R;
|
|
++depth;
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
n = MB_CPTR2LEN(p);
|
|
n += MB_CPTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
|
|
tl = MB_CPTR2LEN(p + n);
|
|
mch_memmove(p + tl, p, n);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + tl;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = p[1];
|
|
p[1] = *p;
|
|
*p = c;
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_UNROT3R:
|
|
/* Undo ROT3R: "312" -> "123" */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
tl = MB_PTR2LEN(p);
|
|
n = MB_PTR2LEN(p + tl);
|
|
n += MB_PTR2LEN(p + tl + n);
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + tl, n);
|
|
mb_char2bytes(c, p + n);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
c = *p;
|
|
*p = p[1];
|
|
p[1] = p[2];
|
|
p[2] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_REP_INI:
|
|
/* Check if matching with REP items from the .aff file would work.
|
|
* Quickly skip if:
|
|
* - there are no REP items and we are not in the soundfold trie
|
|
* - the score is going to be too high anyway
|
|
* - already applied a REP item or swapped here */
|
|
if ((lp->lp_replang == NULL && !soundfold)
|
|
|| sp->ts_score + SCORE_REP >= su->su_maxscore
|
|
|| sp->ts_fidx < sp->ts_fidxtry)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Use the first byte to quickly find the first entry that may
|
|
* match. If the index is -1 there is none. */
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
sp->ts_curi = slang->sl_repsal_first[fword[sp->ts_fidx]];
|
|
else
|
|
sp->ts_curi = lp->lp_replang->sl_rep_first[fword[sp->ts_fidx]];
|
|
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP;
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
|
case STATE_REP:
|
|
/* Try matching with REP items from the .aff file. For each match
|
|
* replace the characters and check if the resulting word is
|
|
* valid. */
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
gap = &slang->sl_repsal;
|
|
else
|
|
gap = &lp->lp_replang->sl_rep;
|
|
while (sp->ts_curi < gap->ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
ftp = (fromto_T *)gap->ga_data + sp->ts_curi++;
|
|
if (*ftp->ft_from != *p)
|
|
{
|
|
/* past possible matching entries */
|
|
sp->ts_curi = gap->ga_len;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (STRNCMP(ftp->ft_from, p, STRLEN(ftp->ft_from)) == 0
|
|
&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_REP))
|
|
{
|
|
go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_REP);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
|
|
sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: replace %s with %s",
|
|
sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
|
|
ftp->ft_from, ftp->ft_to);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Need to undo this afterwards. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_UNDO;
|
|
|
|
/* Change the "from" to the "to" string. */
|
|
++depth;
|
|
fl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_from);
|
|
tl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_to);
|
|
if (fl != tl)
|
|
{
|
|
STRMOVE(p + tl, p + fl);
|
|
repextra += tl - fl;
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(p, ftp->ft_to, tl);
|
|
stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + tl;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
stack[depth].ts_tcharlen = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sp->ts_curi >= gap->ga_len && sp->ts_state == STATE_REP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No (more) matches. */
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case STATE_REP_UNDO:
|
|
/* Undo a REP replacement and continue with the next one. */
|
|
if (soundfold)
|
|
gap = &slang->sl_repsal;
|
|
else
|
|
gap = &lp->lp_replang->sl_rep;
|
|
ftp = (fromto_T *)gap->ga_data + sp->ts_curi - 1;
|
|
fl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_from);
|
|
tl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_to);
|
|
p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
|
|
if (fl != tl)
|
|
{
|
|
STRMOVE(p + fl, p + tl);
|
|
repextra -= tl - fl;
|
|
}
|
|
mch_memmove(p, ftp->ft_from, fl);
|
|
PROF_STORE(sp->ts_state)
|
|
sp->ts_state = STATE_REP;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Did all possible states at this level, go up one level. */
|
|
--depth;
|
|
|
|
if (depth >= 0 && stack[depth].ts_prefixdepth == PFD_PREFIXTREE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Continue in or go back to the prefix tree. */
|
|
byts = pbyts;
|
|
idxs = pidxs;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Don't check for CTRL-C too often, it takes time. */
|
|
if (--breakcheckcount == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ui_breakcheck();
|
|
breakcheckcount = 1000;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go one level deeper in the tree.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
go_deeper(trystate_T *stack, int depth, int score_add)
|
|
{
|
|
stack[depth + 1] = stack[depth];
|
|
stack[depth + 1].ts_state = STATE_START;
|
|
stack[depth + 1].ts_score = stack[depth].ts_score + score_add;
|
|
stack[depth + 1].ts_curi = 1; /* start just after length byte */
|
|
stack[depth + 1].ts_flags = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Case-folding may change the number of bytes: Count nr of chars in
|
|
* fword[flen] and return the byte length of that many chars in "word".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
nofold_len(char_u *fword, int flen, char_u *word)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (p = fword; p < fword + flen; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
|
|
++i;
|
|
for (p = word; i > 0; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
|
|
--i;
|
|
return (int)(p - word);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* "fword" is a good word with case folded. Find the matching keep-case
|
|
* words and put it in "kword".
|
|
* Theoretically there could be several keep-case words that result in the
|
|
* same case-folded word, but we only find one...
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
find_keepcap_word(slang_T *slang, char_u *fword, char_u *kword)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u uword[MAXWLEN]; /* "fword" in upper-case */
|
|
int depth;
|
|
idx_T tryidx;
|
|
|
|
/* The following arrays are used at each depth in the tree. */
|
|
idx_T arridx[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int round[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int fwordidx[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int uwordidx[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int kwordlen[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
int flen, ulen;
|
|
int l;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int c;
|
|
idx_T lo, hi, m;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *byts = slang->sl_kbyts; /* array with bytes of the words */
|
|
idx_T *idxs = slang->sl_kidxs; /* array with indexes */
|
|
|
|
if (byts == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* array is empty: "cannot happen" */
|
|
*kword = NUL;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Make an all-cap version of "fword". */
|
|
allcap_copy(fword, uword);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Each character needs to be tried both case-folded and upper-case.
|
|
* All this gets very complicated if we keep in mind that changing case
|
|
* may change the byte length of a multi-byte character...
|
|
*/
|
|
depth = 0;
|
|
arridx[0] = 0;
|
|
round[0] = 0;
|
|
fwordidx[0] = 0;
|
|
uwordidx[0] = 0;
|
|
kwordlen[0] = 0;
|
|
while (depth >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (fword[fwordidx[depth]] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We are at the end of "fword". If the tree allows a word to end
|
|
* here we have found a match. */
|
|
if (byts[arridx[depth] + 1] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
kword[kwordlen[depth]] = NUL;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* kword is getting too long, continue one level up */
|
|
--depth;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (++round[depth] > 2)
|
|
{
|
|
/* tried both fold-case and upper-case character, continue one
|
|
* level up */
|
|
--depth;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* round[depth] == 1: Try using the folded-case character.
|
|
* round[depth] == 2: Try using the upper-case character.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
flen = MB_CPTR2LEN(fword + fwordidx[depth]);
|
|
ulen = MB_CPTR2LEN(uword + uwordidx[depth]);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
ulen = flen = 1;
|
|
if (round[depth] == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
p = fword + fwordidx[depth];
|
|
l = flen;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
p = uword + uwordidx[depth];
|
|
l = ulen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (tryidx = arridx[depth]; l > 0; --l)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
|
|
len = byts[tryidx++];
|
|
c = *p++;
|
|
lo = tryidx;
|
|
hi = tryidx + len - 1;
|
|
while (lo < hi)
|
|
{
|
|
m = (lo + hi) / 2;
|
|
if (byts[m] > c)
|
|
hi = m - 1;
|
|
else if (byts[m] < c)
|
|
lo = m + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
lo = hi = m;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
|
|
if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
|
|
tryidx = idxs[lo];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (l == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found the matching char. Copy it to "kword" and go a
|
|
* level deeper.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (round[depth] == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
STRNCPY(kword + kwordlen[depth], fword + fwordidx[depth],
|
|
flen);
|
|
kwordlen[depth + 1] = kwordlen[depth] + flen;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
STRNCPY(kword + kwordlen[depth], uword + uwordidx[depth],
|
|
ulen);
|
|
kwordlen[depth + 1] = kwordlen[depth] + ulen;
|
|
}
|
|
fwordidx[depth + 1] = fwordidx[depth] + flen;
|
|
uwordidx[depth + 1] = uwordidx[depth] + ulen;
|
|
|
|
++depth;
|
|
arridx[depth] = tryidx;
|
|
round[depth] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Didn't find it: "cannot happen". */
|
|
*kword = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the sound-a-like score for suggestions in su->su_ga and add them to
|
|
* su->su_sga.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
score_comp_sal(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
char_u badsound[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int i;
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
suggest_T *sstp;
|
|
int score;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
|
|
if (ga_grow(&su->su_sga, su->su_ga.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Use the sound-folding of the first language that supports it. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* soundfold the bad word */
|
|
spell_soundfold(lp->lp_slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, badsound);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
stp = &SUG(su->su_ga, i);
|
|
|
|
/* Case-fold the suggested word, sound-fold it and compute the
|
|
* sound-a-like score. */
|
|
score = stp_sal_score(stp, su, lp->lp_slang, badsound);
|
|
if (score < SCORE_MAXMAX)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add the suggestion. */
|
|
sstp = &SUG(su->su_sga, su->su_sga.ga_len);
|
|
sstp->st_word = vim_strsave(stp->st_word);
|
|
if (sstp->st_word != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sstp->st_wordlen = stp->st_wordlen;
|
|
sstp->st_score = score;
|
|
sstp->st_altscore = 0;
|
|
sstp->st_orglen = stp->st_orglen;
|
|
++su->su_sga.ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combine the list of suggestions in su->su_ga and su->su_sga.
|
|
* They are entwined.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
score_combine(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int j;
|
|
garray_T ga;
|
|
garray_T *gap;
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u badsound[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int round;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
slang_T *slang = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Add the alternate score to su_ga. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* soundfold the bad word */
|
|
slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, badsound);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
stp = &SUG(su->su_ga, i);
|
|
stp->st_altscore = stp_sal_score(stp, su, slang, badsound);
|
|
if (stp->st_altscore == SCORE_MAXMAX)
|
|
stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 3 + SCORE_BIG) / 4;
|
|
else
|
|
stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 3
|
|
+ stp->st_altscore) / 4;
|
|
stp->st_salscore = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (slang == NULL) /* Using "double" without sound folding. */
|
|
{
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore,
|
|
su->su_maxcount);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add the alternate score to su_sga. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
stp = &SUG(su->su_sga, i);
|
|
stp->st_altscore = spell_edit_score(slang,
|
|
su->su_badword, stp->st_word);
|
|
if (stp->st_score == SCORE_MAXMAX)
|
|
stp->st_score = (SCORE_BIG * 7 + stp->st_altscore) / 8;
|
|
else
|
|
stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 7 + stp->st_altscore) / 8;
|
|
stp->st_salscore = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Remove bad suggestions, sort the suggestions and truncate at "maxcount"
|
|
* for both lists. */
|
|
check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
|
|
check_suggestions(su, &su->su_sga);
|
|
(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_sga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
|
|
|
|
ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(suginfo_T), 1);
|
|
if (ga_grow(&ga, su->su_ga.ga_len + su->su_sga.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
stp = &SUG(ga, 0);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len || i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
/* round 1: get a suggestion from su_ga
|
|
* round 2: get a suggestion from su_sga */
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
gap = round == 1 ? &su->su_ga : &su->su_sga;
|
|
if (i < gap->ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't add a word if it's already there. */
|
|
p = SUG(*gap, i).st_word;
|
|
for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
|
|
if (STRCMP(stp[j].st_word, p) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (j == ga.ga_len)
|
|
stp[ga.ga_len++] = SUG(*gap, i);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ga_clear(&su->su_ga);
|
|
ga_clear(&su->su_sga);
|
|
|
|
/* Truncate the list to the number of suggestions that will be displayed. */
|
|
if (ga.ga_len > su->su_maxcount)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = su->su_maxcount; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
|
|
ga.ga_len = su->su_maxcount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
su->su_ga = ga;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the goodword in "stp" compute the soundalike score compared to the
|
|
* badword.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
stp_sal_score(
|
|
suggest_T *stp,
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *badsound) /* sound-folded badword */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *pbad;
|
|
char_u *pgood;
|
|
char_u badsound2[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u fword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u goodsound[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u goodword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int lendiff;
|
|
|
|
lendiff = (int)(su->su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
|
|
if (lendiff >= 0)
|
|
pbad = badsound;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* soundfold the bad word with more characters following */
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(su->su_badptr, stp->st_orglen, fword, MAXWLEN);
|
|
|
|
/* When joining two words the sound often changes a lot. E.g., "t he"
|
|
* sounds like "t h" while "the" sounds like "@". Avoid that by
|
|
* removing the space. Don't do it when the good word also contains a
|
|
* space. */
|
|
if (VIM_ISWHITE(su->su_badptr[su->su_badlen])
|
|
&& *skiptowhite(stp->st_word) == NUL)
|
|
for (p = fword; *(p = skiptowhite(p)) != NUL; )
|
|
STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
|
spell_soundfold(slang, fword, TRUE, badsound2);
|
|
pbad = badsound2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lendiff > 0 && stp->st_wordlen + lendiff < MAXWLEN)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add part of the bad word to the good word, so that we soundfold
|
|
* what replaces the bad word. */
|
|
STRCPY(goodword, stp->st_word);
|
|
vim_strncpy(goodword + stp->st_wordlen,
|
|
su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen - lendiff, lendiff);
|
|
pgood = goodword;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
pgood = stp->st_word;
|
|
|
|
/* Sound-fold the word and compute the score for the difference. */
|
|
spell_soundfold(slang, pgood, FALSE, goodsound);
|
|
|
|
return soundalike_score(goodsound, pbad);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* structure used to store soundfolded words that add_sound_suggest() has
|
|
* handled already. */
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
short sft_score; /* lowest score used */
|
|
char_u sft_word[1]; /* soundfolded word, actually longer */
|
|
} sftword_T;
|
|
|
|
static sftword_T dumsft;
|
|
#define HIKEY2SFT(p) ((sftword_T *)(p - (dumsft.sft_word - (char_u *)&dumsft)))
|
|
#define HI2SFT(hi) HIKEY2SFT((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare for calling suggest_try_soundalike().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike_prep(void)
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
|
|
/* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
|
|
* .sug file has been loaded. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
|
|
/* prepare the hashtable used by add_sound_suggest() */
|
|
hash_init(&slang->sl_sounddone);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find suggestions by comparing the word in a sound-a-like form.
|
|
* Note: This doesn't support postponed prefixes.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u salword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
|
|
/* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
|
|
* .sug file has been loaded. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* soundfold the bad word */
|
|
spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, salword);
|
|
|
|
/* try all kinds of inserts/deletes/swaps/etc. */
|
|
/* TODO: also soundfold the next words, so that we can try joining
|
|
* and splitting */
|
|
#ifdef SUGGEST_PROFILE
|
|
prof_init();
|
|
#endif
|
|
suggest_trie_walk(su, lp, salword, TRUE);
|
|
#ifdef SUGGEST_PROFILE
|
|
prof_report("soundalike");
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finish up after calling suggest_try_soundalike().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
suggest_try_soundalike_finish(void)
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
|
/* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
|
|
* .sug file has been loaded. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Free the info about handled words. */
|
|
todo = (int)slang->sl_sounddone.ht_used;
|
|
for (hi = slang->sl_sounddone.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HI2SFT(hi));
|
|
--todo;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the hashtable, it may also be used by another region. */
|
|
hash_clear(&slang->sl_sounddone);
|
|
hash_init(&slang->sl_sounddone);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A match with a soundfolded word is found. Add the good word(s) that
|
|
* produce this soundfolded word.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_sound_suggest(
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
char_u *goodword,
|
|
int score, /* soundfold score */
|
|
langp_T *lp)
|
|
{
|
|
slang_T *slang = lp->lp_slang; /* language for sound folding */
|
|
int sfwordnr;
|
|
char_u *nrline;
|
|
int orgnr;
|
|
char_u theword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int wlen;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int wordcount;
|
|
int wc;
|
|
int goodscore;
|
|
hash_T hash;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
sftword_T *sft;
|
|
int bc, gc;
|
|
int limit;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* It's very well possible that the same soundfold word is found several
|
|
* times with different scores. Since the following is quite slow only do
|
|
* the words that have a better score than before. Use a hashtable to
|
|
* remember the words that have been done.
|
|
*/
|
|
hash = hash_hash(goodword);
|
|
hi = hash_lookup(&slang->sl_sounddone, goodword, hash);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
sft = (sftword_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(sftword_T)
|
|
+ STRLEN(goodword)));
|
|
if (sft != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sft->sft_score = score;
|
|
STRCPY(sft->sft_word, goodword);
|
|
hash_add_item(&slang->sl_sounddone, hi, sft->sft_word, hash);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sft = HI2SFT(hi);
|
|
if (score >= sft->sft_score)
|
|
return;
|
|
sft->sft_score = score;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the word nr in the soundfold tree.
|
|
*/
|
|
sfwordnr = soundfold_find(slang, goodword);
|
|
if (sfwordnr < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
internal_error("add_sound_suggest()");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* go over the list of good words that produce this soundfold word
|
|
*/
|
|
nrline = ml_get_buf(slang->sl_sugbuf, (linenr_T)(sfwordnr + 1), FALSE);
|
|
orgnr = 0;
|
|
while (*nrline != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The wordnr was stored in a minimal nr of bytes as an offset to the
|
|
* previous wordnr. */
|
|
orgnr += bytes2offset(&nrline);
|
|
|
|
byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
|
|
|
|
/* Lookup the word "orgnr" one of the two tries. */
|
|
n = 0;
|
|
wordcount = 0;
|
|
for (wlen = 0; wlen < MAXWLEN - 3; ++wlen)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
if (wordcount == orgnr && byts[n + 1] == NUL)
|
|
break; /* found end of word */
|
|
|
|
if (byts[n + 1] == NUL)
|
|
++wordcount;
|
|
|
|
/* skip over the NUL bytes */
|
|
for ( ; byts[n + i] == NUL; ++i)
|
|
if (i > byts[n]) /* safety check */
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(theword + wlen, "BAD");
|
|
wlen += 3;
|
|
goto badword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* One of the siblings must have the word. */
|
|
for ( ; i < byts[n]; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
wc = idxs[idxs[n + i]]; /* nr of words under this byte */
|
|
if (wordcount + wc > orgnr)
|
|
break;
|
|
wordcount += wc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
theword[wlen] = byts[n + i];
|
|
n = idxs[n + i];
|
|
}
|
|
badword:
|
|
theword[wlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* Go over the possible flags and regions. */
|
|
for (; i <= byts[n] && byts[n + i] == NUL; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u cword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int flags = (int)idxs[n + i];
|
|
|
|
/* Skip words with the NOSUGGEST flag */
|
|
if (flags & WF_NOSUGGEST)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must find the word in the keep-case tree. */
|
|
find_keepcap_word(slang, theword, cword);
|
|
p = cword;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
flags |= su->su_badflags;
|
|
if ((flags & WF_CAPMASK) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to fix case according to "flags". */
|
|
make_case_word(theword, cword, flags);
|
|
p = cword;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
p = theword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add the suggestion. */
|
|
if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
|
|
if (score <= su->su_maxscore)
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_sga, p, su->su_badlen,
|
|
score, 0, FALSE, slang, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add a penalty for words in another region. */
|
|
if ((flags & WF_REGION)
|
|
&& (((unsigned)flags >> 16) & lp->lp_region) == 0)
|
|
goodscore = SCORE_REGION;
|
|
else
|
|
goodscore = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Add a small penalty for changing the first letter from
|
|
* lower to upper case. Helps for "tath" -> "Kath", which is
|
|
* less common than "tath" -> "path". Don't do it when the
|
|
* letter is the same, that has already been counted. */
|
|
gc = PTR2CHAR(p);
|
|
if (SPELL_ISUPPER(gc))
|
|
{
|
|
bc = PTR2CHAR(su->su_badword);
|
|
if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(bc)
|
|
&& SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) != SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
|
|
goodscore += SCORE_ICASE / 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the score for the good word. This only does letter
|
|
* insert/delete/swap/replace. REP items are not considered,
|
|
* which may make the score a bit higher.
|
|
* Use a limit for the score to make it work faster. Use
|
|
* MAXSCORE(), because RESCORE() will change the score.
|
|
* If the limit is very high then the iterative method is
|
|
* inefficient, using an array is quicker. */
|
|
limit = MAXSCORE(su->su_sfmaxscore - goodscore, score);
|
|
if (limit > SCORE_LIMITMAX)
|
|
goodscore += spell_edit_score(slang, su->su_badword, p);
|
|
else
|
|
goodscore += spell_edit_score_limit(slang, su->su_badword,
|
|
p, limit);
|
|
|
|
/* When going over the limit don't bother to do the rest. */
|
|
if (goodscore < SCORE_MAXMAX)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
|
|
goodscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, goodscore, p, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
|
|
goodscore = RESCORE(goodscore, score);
|
|
if (goodscore <= su->su_sfmaxscore)
|
|
add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
|
|
goodscore, score, TRUE, slang, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* smsg("word %s (%d): %s (%d)", sftword, sftnr, theword, orgnr); */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find word "word" in fold-case tree for "slang" and return the word number.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
soundfold_find(slang_T *slang, char_u *word)
|
|
{
|
|
idx_T arridx = 0;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int wlen = 0;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *ptr = word;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
int wordnr = 0;
|
|
|
|
byts = slang->sl_sbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_sidxs;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/* First byte is the number of possible bytes. */
|
|
len = byts[arridx++];
|
|
|
|
/* If the first possible byte is a zero the word could end here.
|
|
* If the word ends we found the word. If not skip the NUL bytes. */
|
|
c = ptr[wlen];
|
|
if (byts[arridx] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the zeros, there can be several. */
|
|
while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
++arridx;
|
|
--len;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
return -1; /* no children, word should have ended here */
|
|
++wordnr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If the word ends we didn't find it. */
|
|
if (c == NUL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
|
|
if (c == TAB) /* <Tab> is handled like <Space> */
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
while (byts[arridx] < c)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The word count is in the first idxs[] entry of the child. */
|
|
wordnr += idxs[idxs[arridx]];
|
|
++arridx;
|
|
if (--len == 0) /* end of the bytes, didn't find it */
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (byts[arridx] != c) /* didn't find the byte */
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
|
|
arridx = idxs[arridx];
|
|
++wlen;
|
|
|
|
/* One space in the good word may stand for several spaces in the
|
|
* checked word. */
|
|
if (c == ' ')
|
|
while (ptr[wlen] == ' ' || ptr[wlen] == TAB)
|
|
++wlen;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return wordnr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy "fword" to "cword", fixing case according to "flags".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
make_case_word(char_u *fword, char_u *cword, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (flags & WF_ALLCAP)
|
|
/* Make it all upper-case */
|
|
allcap_copy(fword, cword);
|
|
else if (flags & WF_ONECAP)
|
|
/* Make the first letter upper-case */
|
|
onecap_copy(fword, cword, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
/* Use goodword as-is. */
|
|
STRCPY(cword, fword);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if "c1" and "c2" are similar characters according to the MAP
|
|
* lines in the .aff file.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
similar_chars(slang_T *slang, int c1, int c2)
|
|
{
|
|
int m1, m2;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
|
if (c1 >= 256)
|
|
{
|
|
buf[mb_char2bytes(c1, buf)] = 0;
|
|
hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_map_hash, buf);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
m1 = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
m1 = mb_ptr2char(hi->hi_key + STRLEN(hi->hi_key) + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
m1 = slang->sl_map_array[c1];
|
|
if (m1 == 0)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (c2 >= 256)
|
|
{
|
|
buf[mb_char2bytes(c2, buf)] = 0;
|
|
hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_map_hash, buf);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
m2 = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
m2 = mb_ptr2char(hi->hi_key + STRLEN(hi->hi_key) + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
m2 = slang->sl_map_array[c2];
|
|
|
|
return m1 == m2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a suggestion to the list of suggestions.
|
|
* For a suggestion that is already in the list the lowest score is remembered.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_suggestion(
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
garray_T *gap, /* either su_ga or su_sga */
|
|
char_u *goodword,
|
|
int badlenarg, /* len of bad word replaced with "goodword" */
|
|
int score,
|
|
int altscore,
|
|
int had_bonus, /* value for st_had_bonus */
|
|
slang_T *slang, /* language for sound folding */
|
|
int maxsf) /* su_maxscore applies to soundfold score,
|
|
su_sfmaxscore to the total score. */
|
|
{
|
|
int goodlen; /* len of goodword changed */
|
|
int badlen; /* len of bad word changed */
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
suggest_T new_sug;
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u *pgood, *pbad;
|
|
|
|
/* Minimize "badlen" for consistency. Avoids that changing "the the" to
|
|
* "thee the" is added next to changing the first "the" the "thee". */
|
|
pgood = goodword + STRLEN(goodword);
|
|
pbad = su->su_badptr + badlenarg;
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
goodlen = (int)(pgood - goodword);
|
|
badlen = (int)(pbad - su->su_badptr);
|
|
if (goodlen <= 0 || badlen <= 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(goodword, pgood);
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(su->su_badptr, pbad);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mb_ptr2char(pgood) != mb_ptr2char(pbad))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (*pgood != *pbad)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (badlen == 0 && goodlen == 0)
|
|
/* goodword doesn't change anything; may happen for "the the" changing
|
|
* the first "the" to itself. */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (gap->ga_len == 0)
|
|
i = -1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check if the word is already there. Also check the length that is
|
|
* being replaced "thes," -> "these" is a different suggestion from
|
|
* "thes" -> "these". */
|
|
stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
|
|
for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ++stp)
|
|
if (stp->st_wordlen == goodlen
|
|
&& stp->st_orglen == badlen
|
|
&& STRNCMP(stp->st_word, goodword, goodlen) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Found it. Remember the word with the lowest score.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stp->st_slang == NULL)
|
|
stp->st_slang = slang;
|
|
|
|
new_sug.st_score = score;
|
|
new_sug.st_altscore = altscore;
|
|
new_sug.st_had_bonus = had_bonus;
|
|
|
|
if (stp->st_had_bonus != had_bonus)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Only one of the two had the soundalike score computed.
|
|
* Need to do that for the other one now, otherwise the
|
|
* scores can't be compared. This happens because
|
|
* suggest_try_change() doesn't compute the soundalike
|
|
* word to keep it fast, while some special methods set
|
|
* the soundalike score to zero. */
|
|
if (had_bonus)
|
|
rescore_one(su, stp);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
new_sug.st_word = stp->st_word;
|
|
new_sug.st_wordlen = stp->st_wordlen;
|
|
new_sug.st_slang = stp->st_slang;
|
|
new_sug.st_orglen = badlen;
|
|
rescore_one(su, &new_sug);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stp->st_score > new_sug.st_score)
|
|
{
|
|
stp->st_score = new_sug.st_score;
|
|
stp->st_altscore = new_sug.st_altscore;
|
|
stp->st_had_bonus = new_sug.st_had_bonus;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i < 0 && ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add a suggestion. */
|
|
stp = &SUG(*gap, gap->ga_len);
|
|
stp->st_word = vim_strnsave(goodword, goodlen);
|
|
if (stp->st_word != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
stp->st_wordlen = goodlen;
|
|
stp->st_score = score;
|
|
stp->st_altscore = altscore;
|
|
stp->st_had_bonus = had_bonus;
|
|
stp->st_orglen = badlen;
|
|
stp->st_slang = slang;
|
|
++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
|
/* If we have too many suggestions now, sort the list and keep
|
|
* the best suggestions. */
|
|
if (gap->ga_len > SUG_MAX_COUNT(su))
|
|
{
|
|
if (maxsf)
|
|
su->su_sfmaxscore = cleanup_suggestions(gap,
|
|
su->su_sfmaxscore, SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su));
|
|
else
|
|
su->su_maxscore = cleanup_suggestions(gap,
|
|
su->su_maxscore, SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Suggestions may in fact be flagged as errors. Esp. for banned words and
|
|
* for split words, such as "the the". Remove these from the list here.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
check_suggestions(
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
garray_T *gap) /* either su_ga or su_sga */
|
|
{
|
|
suggest_T *stp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u longword[MAXWLEN + 1];
|
|
int len;
|
|
hlf_T attr;
|
|
|
|
stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
|
|
for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to append what follows to check for "the the". */
|
|
vim_strncpy(longword, stp[i].st_word, MAXWLEN);
|
|
len = stp[i].st_wordlen;
|
|
vim_strncpy(longword + len, su->su_badptr + stp[i].st_orglen,
|
|
MAXWLEN - len);
|
|
attr = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
(void)spell_check(curwin, longword, &attr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
if (attr != HLF_COUNT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Remove this entry. */
|
|
vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
|
|
--gap->ga_len;
|
|
if (i < gap->ga_len)
|
|
mch_memmove(stp + i, stp + i + 1,
|
|
sizeof(suggest_T) * (gap->ga_len - i));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a word to be banned.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_banned(
|
|
suginfo_T *su,
|
|
char_u *word)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
hash_T hash;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
|
hash = hash_hash(word);
|
|
hi = hash_lookup(&su->su_banned, word, hash);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
s = vim_strsave(word);
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
|
hash_add_item(&su->su_banned, hi, s, hash);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recompute the score for all suggestions if sound-folding is possible. This
|
|
* is slow, thus only done for the final results.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
rescore_suggestions(suginfo_T *su)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (su->su_sallang != NULL)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
rescore_one(su, &SUG(su->su_ga, i));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Recompute the score for one suggestion if sound-folding is possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
rescore_one(suginfo_T *su, suggest_T *stp)
|
|
{
|
|
slang_T *slang = stp->st_slang;
|
|
char_u sal_badword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* Only rescore suggestions that have no sal score yet and do have a
|
|
* language. */
|
|
if (slang != NULL && slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && !stp->st_had_bonus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (slang == su->su_sallang)
|
|
p = su->su_sal_badword;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, sal_badword);
|
|
p = sal_badword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
stp->st_altscore = stp_sal_score(stp, su, slang, p);
|
|
if (stp->st_altscore == SCORE_MAXMAX)
|
|
stp->st_altscore = SCORE_BIG;
|
|
stp->st_score = RESCORE(stp->st_score, stp->st_altscore);
|
|
stp->st_had_bonus = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
_RTLENTRYF
|
|
#endif
|
|
sug_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function given to qsort() to sort the suggestions on st_score.
|
|
* First on "st_score", then "st_altscore" then alphabetically.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
_RTLENTRYF
|
|
#endif
|
|
sug_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
|
|
{
|
|
suggest_T *p1 = (suggest_T *)s1;
|
|
suggest_T *p2 = (suggest_T *)s2;
|
|
int n = p1->st_score - p2->st_score;
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
n = p1->st_altscore - p2->st_altscore;
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
n = STRICMP(p1->st_word, p2->st_word);
|
|
}
|
|
return n;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cleanup the suggestions:
|
|
* - Sort on score.
|
|
* - Remove words that won't be displayed.
|
|
* Returns the maximum score in the list or "maxscore" unmodified.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
cleanup_suggestions(
|
|
garray_T *gap,
|
|
int maxscore,
|
|
int keep) /* nr of suggestions to keep */
|
|
{
|
|
suggest_T *stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Sort the list. */
|
|
qsort(gap->ga_data, (size_t)gap->ga_len, sizeof(suggest_T), sug_compare);
|
|
|
|
/* Truncate the list to the number of suggestions that will be displayed. */
|
|
if (gap->ga_len > keep)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = keep; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
|
|
gap->ga_len = keep;
|
|
return stp[keep - 1].st_score;
|
|
}
|
|
return maxscore;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Soundfold a string, for soundfold().
|
|
* Result is in allocated memory, NULL for an error.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
eval_soundfold(char_u *word)
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
char_u sound[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
|
|
/* Use the sound-folding of the first language that supports it. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* soundfold the word */
|
|
spell_soundfold(lp->lp_slang, word, FALSE, sound);
|
|
return vim_strsave(sound);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* No language with sound folding, return word as-is. */
|
|
return vim_strsave(word);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Turn "inword" into its sound-a-like equivalent in "res[MAXWLEN]".
|
|
*
|
|
* There are many ways to turn a word into a sound-a-like representation. The
|
|
* oldest is Soundex (1918!). A nice overview can be found in "Approximate
|
|
* swedish name matching - survey and test of different algorithms" by Klas
|
|
* Erikson.
|
|
*
|
|
* We support two methods:
|
|
* 1. SOFOFROM/SOFOTO do a simple character mapping.
|
|
* 2. SAL items define a more advanced sound-folding (and much slower).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_soundfold(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *inword,
|
|
int folded, /* "inword" is already case-folded */
|
|
char_u *res)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u *word;
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_sofo)
|
|
/* SOFOFROM and SOFOTO used */
|
|
spell_soundfold_sofo(slang, inword, res);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* SAL items used. Requires the word to be case-folded. */
|
|
if (folded)
|
|
word = inword;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
(void)spell_casefold(inword, (int)STRLEN(inword), fword, MAXWLEN);
|
|
word = fword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
spell_soundfold_wsal(slang, word, res);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
spell_soundfold_sal(slang, word, res);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Perform sound folding of "inword" into "res" according to SOFOFROM and
|
|
* SOFOTO lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_soundfold_sofo(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int ri = 0;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
int prevc = 0;
|
|
int *ip;
|
|
|
|
/* The sl_sal_first[] table contains the translation for chars up to
|
|
* 255, sl_sal the rest. */
|
|
for (s = inword; *s != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
|
|
if (enc_utf8 ? utf_class(c) == 0 : VIM_ISWHITE(c))
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
else if (c < 256)
|
|
c = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ip = ((int **)slang->sl_sal.ga_data)[c & 0xff];
|
|
if (ip == NULL) /* empty list, can't match */
|
|
c = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
for (;;) /* find "c" in the list */
|
|
{
|
|
if (*ip == 0) /* not found */
|
|
{
|
|
c = NUL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*ip == c) /* match! */
|
|
{
|
|
c = ip[1];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ip += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (c != NUL && c != prevc)
|
|
{
|
|
ri += mb_char2bytes(c, res + ri);
|
|
if (ri + MB_MAXBYTES > MAXWLEN)
|
|
break;
|
|
prevc = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
/* The sl_sal_first[] table contains the translation. */
|
|
for (s = inword; (c = *s) != NUL; ++s)
|
|
{
|
|
if (VIM_ISWHITE(c))
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
else
|
|
c = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
|
|
if (c != NUL && (ri == 0 || res[ri - 1] != c))
|
|
res[ri++] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
res[ri] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_soundfold_sal(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res)
|
|
{
|
|
salitem_T *smp;
|
|
char_u word[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u *s = inword;
|
|
char_u *t;
|
|
char_u *pf;
|
|
int i, j, z;
|
|
int reslen;
|
|
int n, k = 0;
|
|
int z0;
|
|
int k0;
|
|
int n0;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int pri;
|
|
int p0 = -333;
|
|
int c0;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove accents, if wanted. We actually remove all non-word characters.
|
|
* But keep white space. We need a copy, the word may be changed here. */
|
|
if (slang->sl_rem_accents)
|
|
{
|
|
t = word;
|
|
while (*s != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (VIM_ISWHITE(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
*t++ = ' ';
|
|
s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (spell_iswordp_nmw(s, curwin))
|
|
*t++ = *s;
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*t = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vim_strncpy(word, s, MAXWLEN - 1);
|
|
|
|
smp = (salitem_T *)slang->sl_sal.ga_data;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This comes from Aspell phonet.cpp. Converted from C++ to C.
|
|
* Changed to keep spaces.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = reslen = z = 0;
|
|
while ((c = word[i]) != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Start with the first rule that has the character in the word. */
|
|
n = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
|
|
z0 = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (n >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* check all rules for the same letter */
|
|
for (; (s = smp[n].sm_lead)[0] == c; ++n)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word. Most
|
|
* entries are less then three chars, optimize for that. */
|
|
k = smp[n].sm_leadlen;
|
|
if (k > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (word[i + 1] != s[1])
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (k > 2)
|
|
{
|
|
for (j = 2; j < k; ++j)
|
|
if (word[i + j] != s[j])
|
|
break;
|
|
if (j < k)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((pf = smp[n].sm_oneof) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for match with one of the chars in "sm_oneof". */
|
|
while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k])
|
|
++pf;
|
|
if (*pf == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
++k;
|
|
}
|
|
s = smp[n].sm_rules;
|
|
pri = 5; /* default priority */
|
|
|
|
p0 = *s;
|
|
k0 = k;
|
|
while (*s == '-' && k > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
k--;
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '<')
|
|
s++;
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
/* determine priority */
|
|
pri = *s - '0';
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '^' && *(s + 1) == '^')
|
|
s++;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == NUL
|
|
|| (*s == '^'
|
|
&& (i == 0 || !(word[i - 1] == ' '
|
|
|| spell_iswordp(word + i - 1, curwin)))
|
|
&& (*(s + 1) != '$'
|
|
|| (!spell_iswordp(word + i + k0, curwin))))
|
|
|| (*s == '$' && i > 0
|
|
&& spell_iswordp(word + i - 1, curwin)
|
|
&& (!spell_iswordp(word + i + k0, curwin))))
|
|
{
|
|
/* search for followup rules, if: */
|
|
/* followup and k > 1 and NO '-' in searchstring */
|
|
c0 = word[i + k - 1];
|
|
n0 = slang->sl_sal_first[c0];
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_followup && k > 1 && n0 >= 0
|
|
&& p0 != '-' && word[i + k] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* test follow-up rule for "word[i + k]" */
|
|
for ( ; (s = smp[n0].sm_lead)[0] == c0; ++n0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.
|
|
* */
|
|
k0 = smp[n0].sm_leadlen;
|
|
if (k0 > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (word[i + k] != s[1])
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (k0 > 2)
|
|
{
|
|
pf = word + i + k + 1;
|
|
for (j = 2; j < k0; ++j)
|
|
if (*pf++ != s[j])
|
|
break;
|
|
if (j < k0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
k0 += k - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ((pf = smp[n0].sm_oneof) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for match with one of the chars in
|
|
* "sm_oneof". */
|
|
while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k0])
|
|
++pf;
|
|
if (*pf == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
++k0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p0 = 5;
|
|
s = smp[n0].sm_rules;
|
|
while (*s == '-')
|
|
{
|
|
/* "k0" gets NOT reduced because
|
|
* "if (k0 == k)" */
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '<')
|
|
s++;
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
p0 = *s - '0';
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*s == NUL
|
|
/* *s == '^' cuts */
|
|
|| (*s == '$'
|
|
&& !spell_iswordp(word + i + k0,
|
|
curwin)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (k0 == k)
|
|
/* this is just a piece of the string */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (p0 < pri)
|
|
/* priority too low */
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* rule fits; stop search */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p0 >= pri && smp[n0].sm_lead[0] == c0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* replace string */
|
|
s = smp[n].sm_to;
|
|
if (s == NULL)
|
|
s = (char_u *)"";
|
|
pf = smp[n].sm_rules;
|
|
p0 = (vim_strchr(pf, '<') != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
if (p0 == 1 && z == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* rule with '<' is used */
|
|
if (reslen > 0 && *s != NUL && (res[reslen - 1] == c
|
|
|| res[reslen - 1] == *s))
|
|
reslen--;
|
|
z0 = 1;
|
|
z = 1;
|
|
k0 = 0;
|
|
while (*s != NUL && word[i + k0] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
word[i + k0] = *s;
|
|
k0++;
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (k > k0)
|
|
STRMOVE(word + i + k0, word + i + k);
|
|
|
|
/* new "actual letter" */
|
|
c = word[i];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no '<' rule used */
|
|
i += k - 1;
|
|
z = 0;
|
|
while (*s != NUL && s[1] != NUL && reslen < MAXWLEN)
|
|
{
|
|
if (reslen == 0 || res[reslen - 1] != *s)
|
|
res[reslen++] = *s;
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
/* new "actual letter" */
|
|
c = *s;
|
|
if (strstr((char *)pf, "^^") != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c != NUL)
|
|
res[reslen++] = c;
|
|
STRMOVE(word, word + i + 1);
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
z0 = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (VIM_ISWHITE(c))
|
|
{
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
k = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (z0 == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (k && !p0 && reslen < MAXWLEN && c != NUL
|
|
&& (!slang->sl_collapse || reslen == 0
|
|
|| res[reslen - 1] != c))
|
|
/* condense only double letters */
|
|
res[reslen++] = c;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
z = 0;
|
|
k = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
res[reslen] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Turn "inword" into its sound-a-like equivalent in "res[MAXWLEN]".
|
|
* Multi-byte version of spell_soundfold().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
spell_soundfold_wsal(slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res)
|
|
{
|
|
salitem_T *smp = (salitem_T *)slang->sl_sal.ga_data;
|
|
int word[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int wres[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int l;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int *ws;
|
|
char_u *t;
|
|
int *pf;
|
|
int i, j, z;
|
|
int reslen;
|
|
int n, k = 0;
|
|
int z0;
|
|
int k0;
|
|
int n0;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int pri;
|
|
int p0 = -333;
|
|
int c0;
|
|
int did_white = FALSE;
|
|
int wordlen;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert the multi-byte string to a wide-character string.
|
|
* Remove accents, if wanted. We actually remove all non-word characters.
|
|
* But keep white space.
|
|
*/
|
|
wordlen = 0;
|
|
for (s = inword; *s != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
t = s;
|
|
c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
|
|
if (slang->sl_rem_accents)
|
|
{
|
|
if (enc_utf8 ? utf_class(c) == 0 : VIM_ISWHITE(c))
|
|
{
|
|
if (did_white)
|
|
continue;
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
did_white = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
did_white = FALSE;
|
|
if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(t, curwin))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
word[wordlen++] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
word[wordlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This algorithm comes from Aspell phonet.cpp.
|
|
* Converted from C++ to C. Added support for multi-byte chars.
|
|
* Changed to keep spaces.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = reslen = z = 0;
|
|
while ((c = word[i]) != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Start with the first rule that has the character in the word. */
|
|
n = slang->sl_sal_first[c & 0xff];
|
|
z0 = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (n >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check all rules for the same index byte.
|
|
* If c is 0x300 need extra check for the end of the array, as
|
|
* (c & 0xff) is NUL. */
|
|
for (; ((ws = smp[n].sm_lead_w)[0] & 0xff) == (c & 0xff)
|
|
&& ws[0] != NUL; ++n)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word. Most
|
|
* entries are less then three chars, optimize for that. */
|
|
if (c != ws[0])
|
|
continue;
|
|
k = smp[n].sm_leadlen;
|
|
if (k > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (word[i + 1] != ws[1])
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (k > 2)
|
|
{
|
|
for (j = 2; j < k; ++j)
|
|
if (word[i + j] != ws[j])
|
|
break;
|
|
if (j < k)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((pf = smp[n].sm_oneof_w) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for match with one of the chars in "sm_oneof". */
|
|
while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k])
|
|
++pf;
|
|
if (*pf == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
++k;
|
|
}
|
|
s = smp[n].sm_rules;
|
|
pri = 5; /* default priority */
|
|
|
|
p0 = *s;
|
|
k0 = k;
|
|
while (*s == '-' && k > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
k--;
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '<')
|
|
s++;
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
/* determine priority */
|
|
pri = *s - '0';
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '^' && *(s + 1) == '^')
|
|
s++;
|
|
|
|
if (*s == NUL
|
|
|| (*s == '^'
|
|
&& (i == 0 || !(word[i - 1] == ' '
|
|
|| spell_iswordp_w(word + i - 1, curwin)))
|
|
&& (*(s + 1) != '$'
|
|
|| (!spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0, curwin))))
|
|
|| (*s == '$' && i > 0
|
|
&& spell_iswordp_w(word + i - 1, curwin)
|
|
&& (!spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0, curwin))))
|
|
{
|
|
/* search for followup rules, if: */
|
|
/* followup and k > 1 and NO '-' in searchstring */
|
|
c0 = word[i + k - 1];
|
|
n0 = slang->sl_sal_first[c0 & 0xff];
|
|
|
|
if (slang->sl_followup && k > 1 && n0 >= 0
|
|
&& p0 != '-' && word[i + k] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Test follow-up rule for "word[i + k]"; loop over
|
|
* all entries with the same index byte. */
|
|
for ( ; ((ws = smp[n0].sm_lead_w)[0] & 0xff)
|
|
== (c0 & 0xff); ++n0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (c0 != ws[0])
|
|
continue;
|
|
k0 = smp[n0].sm_leadlen;
|
|
if (k0 > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (word[i + k] != ws[1])
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (k0 > 2)
|
|
{
|
|
pf = word + i + k + 1;
|
|
for (j = 2; j < k0; ++j)
|
|
if (*pf++ != ws[j])
|
|
break;
|
|
if (j < k0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
k0 += k - 1;
|
|
|
|
if ((pf = smp[n0].sm_oneof_w) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for match with one of the chars in
|
|
* "sm_oneof". */
|
|
while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k0])
|
|
++pf;
|
|
if (*pf == NUL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
++k0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p0 = 5;
|
|
s = smp[n0].sm_rules;
|
|
while (*s == '-')
|
|
{
|
|
/* "k0" gets NOT reduced because
|
|
* "if (k0 == k)" */
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*s == '<')
|
|
s++;
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
|
|
{
|
|
p0 = *s - '0';
|
|
s++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*s == NUL
|
|
/* *s == '^' cuts */
|
|
|| (*s == '$'
|
|
&& !spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0,
|
|
curwin)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (k0 == k)
|
|
/* this is just a piece of the string */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (p0 < pri)
|
|
/* priority too low */
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* rule fits; stop search */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p0 >= pri && (smp[n0].sm_lead_w[0] & 0xff)
|
|
== (c0 & 0xff))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* replace string */
|
|
ws = smp[n].sm_to_w;
|
|
s = smp[n].sm_rules;
|
|
p0 = (vim_strchr(s, '<') != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
if (p0 == 1 && z == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* rule with '<' is used */
|
|
if (reslen > 0 && ws != NULL && *ws != NUL
|
|
&& (wres[reslen - 1] == c
|
|
|| wres[reslen - 1] == *ws))
|
|
reslen--;
|
|
z0 = 1;
|
|
z = 1;
|
|
k0 = 0;
|
|
if (ws != NULL)
|
|
while (*ws != NUL && word[i + k0] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
word[i + k0] = *ws;
|
|
k0++;
|
|
ws++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (k > k0)
|
|
mch_memmove(word + i + k0, word + i + k,
|
|
sizeof(int) * (wordlen - (i + k) + 1));
|
|
|
|
/* new "actual letter" */
|
|
c = word[i];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* no '<' rule used */
|
|
i += k - 1;
|
|
z = 0;
|
|
if (ws != NULL)
|
|
while (*ws != NUL && ws[1] != NUL
|
|
&& reslen < MAXWLEN)
|
|
{
|
|
if (reslen == 0 || wres[reslen - 1] != *ws)
|
|
wres[reslen++] = *ws;
|
|
ws++;
|
|
}
|
|
/* new "actual letter" */
|
|
if (ws == NULL)
|
|
c = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
c = *ws;
|
|
if (strstr((char *)s, "^^") != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c != NUL)
|
|
wres[reslen++] = c;
|
|
mch_memmove(word, word + i + 1,
|
|
sizeof(int) * (wordlen - (i + 1) + 1));
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
z0 = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (VIM_ISWHITE(c))
|
|
{
|
|
c = ' ';
|
|
k = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (z0 == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (k && !p0 && reslen < MAXWLEN && c != NUL
|
|
&& (!slang->sl_collapse || reslen == 0
|
|
|| wres[reslen - 1] != c))
|
|
/* condense only double letters */
|
|
wres[reslen++] = c;
|
|
|
|
i++;
|
|
z = 0;
|
|
k = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Convert wide characters in "wres" to a multi-byte string in "res". */
|
|
l = 0;
|
|
for (n = 0; n < reslen; ++n)
|
|
{
|
|
l += mb_char2bytes(wres[n], res + l);
|
|
if (l + MB_MAXBYTES > MAXWLEN)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
res[l] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute a score for two sound-a-like words.
|
|
* This permits up to two inserts/deletes/swaps/etc. to keep things fast.
|
|
* Instead of a generic loop we write out the code. That keeps it fast by
|
|
* avoiding checks that will not be possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
soundalike_score(
|
|
char_u *goodstart, /* sound-folded good word */
|
|
char_u *badstart) /* sound-folded bad word */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *goodsound = goodstart;
|
|
char_u *badsound = badstart;
|
|
int goodlen;
|
|
int badlen;
|
|
int n;
|
|
char_u *pl, *ps;
|
|
char_u *pl2, *ps2;
|
|
int score = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Adding/inserting "*" at the start (word starts with vowel) shouldn't be
|
|
* counted so much, vowels halfway the word aren't counted at all. */
|
|
if ((*badsound == '*' || *goodsound == '*') && *badsound != *goodsound)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((badsound[0] == NUL && goodsound[1] == NUL)
|
|
|| (goodsound[0] == NUL && badsound[1] == NUL))
|
|
/* changing word with vowel to word without a sound */
|
|
return SCORE_DEL;
|
|
if (badsound[0] == NUL || goodsound[0] == NUL)
|
|
/* more than two changes */
|
|
return SCORE_MAXMAX;
|
|
|
|
if (badsound[1] == goodsound[1]
|
|
|| (badsound[1] != NUL
|
|
&& goodsound[1] != NUL
|
|
&& badsound[2] == goodsound[2]))
|
|
{
|
|
/* handle like a substitute */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
score = 2 * SCORE_DEL / 3;
|
|
if (*badsound == '*')
|
|
++badsound;
|
|
else
|
|
++goodsound;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
goodlen = (int)STRLEN(goodsound);
|
|
badlen = (int)STRLEN(badsound);
|
|
|
|
/* Return quickly if the lengths are too different to be fixed by two
|
|
* changes. */
|
|
n = goodlen - badlen;
|
|
if (n < -2 || n > 2)
|
|
return SCORE_MAXMAX;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pl = goodsound; /* goodsound is longest */
|
|
ps = badsound;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
pl = badsound; /* badsound is longest */
|
|
ps = goodsound;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the identical part. */
|
|
while (*pl == *ps && *pl != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl;
|
|
++ps;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (n)
|
|
{
|
|
case -2:
|
|
case 2:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must delete two characters from "pl".
|
|
*/
|
|
++pl; /* first delete */
|
|
while (*pl == *ps)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl;
|
|
++ps;
|
|
}
|
|
/* strings must be equal after second delete */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl + 1, ps) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_DEL * 2;
|
|
|
|
/* Failed to compare. */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case -1:
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Minimal one delete from "pl" required.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* 1: delete */
|
|
pl2 = pl + 1;
|
|
ps2 = ps;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*pl2 == NUL) /* reached the end */
|
|
return score + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 2: delete then swap, then rest must be equal */
|
|
if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
|
|
&& STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_DEL + SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
|
|
/* 3: delete then substitute, then the rest must be equal */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_DEL + SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
|
|
/* 4: first swap then delete */
|
|
if (pl[0] == ps[1] && pl[1] == ps[0])
|
|
{
|
|
pl2 = pl + 2; /* swap, skip two chars */
|
|
ps2 = ps + 2;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
/* delete a char and then strings must be equal */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 5: first substitute then delete */
|
|
pl2 = pl + 1; /* substitute, skip one char */
|
|
ps2 = ps + 1;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
/* delete a char and then strings must be equal */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
|
|
/* Failed to compare. */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lengths are equal, thus changes must result in same length: An
|
|
* insert is only possible in combination with a delete.
|
|
* 1: check if for identical strings
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*pl == NUL)
|
|
return score;
|
|
|
|
/* 2: swap */
|
|
if (pl[0] == ps[1] && pl[1] == ps[0])
|
|
{
|
|
pl2 = pl + 2; /* swap, skip two chars */
|
|
ps2 = ps + 2;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*pl2 == NUL) /* reached the end */
|
|
return score + SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
/* 3: swap and swap again */
|
|
if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
|
|
&& STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
|
|
/* 4: swap and substitute */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 5: substitute */
|
|
pl2 = pl + 1;
|
|
ps2 = ps + 1;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*pl2 == NUL) /* reached the end */
|
|
return score + SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 6: substitute and swap */
|
|
if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
|
|
&& STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
|
|
/* 7: substitute and substitute */
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
|
|
/* 8: insert then delete */
|
|
pl2 = pl;
|
|
ps2 = ps + 1;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_INS + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
|
|
/* 9: delete then insert */
|
|
pl2 = pl + 1;
|
|
ps2 = ps;
|
|
while (*pl2 == *ps2)
|
|
{
|
|
++pl2;
|
|
++ps2;
|
|
}
|
|
if (STRCMP(pl2, ps2 + 1) == 0)
|
|
return score + SCORE_INS + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
|
|
/* Failed to compare. */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SCORE_MAXMAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the "edit distance" to turn "badword" into "goodword". The less
|
|
* deletes/inserts/substitutes/swaps are required the lower the score.
|
|
*
|
|
* The algorithm is described by Du and Chang, 1992.
|
|
* The implementation of the algorithm comes from Aspell editdist.cpp,
|
|
* edit_distance(). It has been converted from C++ to C and modified to
|
|
* support multi-byte characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_edit_score(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *badword,
|
|
char_u *goodword)
|
|
{
|
|
int *cnt;
|
|
int badlen, goodlen; /* lengths including NUL */
|
|
int j, i;
|
|
int t;
|
|
int bc, gc;
|
|
int pbc, pgc;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int wbadword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int wgoodword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get the characters from the multi-byte strings and put them in an
|
|
* int array for easy access. */
|
|
for (p = badword, badlen = 0; *p != NUL; )
|
|
wbadword[badlen++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
wbadword[badlen++] = 0;
|
|
for (p = goodword, goodlen = 0; *p != NUL; )
|
|
wgoodword[goodlen++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
wgoodword[goodlen++] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
badlen = (int)STRLEN(badword) + 1;
|
|
goodlen = (int)STRLEN(goodword) + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We use "cnt" as an array: CNT(badword_idx, goodword_idx). */
|
|
#define CNT(a, b) cnt[(a) + (b) * (badlen + 1)]
|
|
cnt = (int *)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(int) * (badlen + 1) * (goodlen + 1)),
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
if (cnt == NULL)
|
|
return 0; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
|
CNT(0, 0) = 0;
|
|
for (j = 1; j <= goodlen; ++j)
|
|
CNT(0, j) = CNT(0, j - 1) + SCORE_INS;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= badlen; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
CNT(i, 0) = CNT(i - 1, 0) + SCORE_DEL;
|
|
for (j = 1; j <= goodlen; ++j)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
bc = wbadword[i - 1];
|
|
gc = wgoodword[j - 1];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
bc = badword[i - 1];
|
|
gc = goodword[j - 1];
|
|
}
|
|
if (bc == gc)
|
|
CNT(i, j) = CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
|
|
if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
|
|
CNT(i, j) = SCORE_ICASE + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
|
|
if (slang != NULL
|
|
&& slang->sl_has_map
|
|
&& similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
|
|
CNT(i, j) = SCORE_SIMILAR + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
CNT(i, j) = SCORE_SUBST + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i > 1 && j > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
pbc = wbadword[i - 2];
|
|
pgc = wgoodword[j - 2];
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
pbc = badword[i - 2];
|
|
pgc = goodword[j - 2];
|
|
}
|
|
if (bc == pgc && pbc == gc)
|
|
{
|
|
t = SCORE_SWAP + CNT(i - 2, j - 2);
|
|
if (t < CNT(i, j))
|
|
CNT(i, j) = t;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
t = SCORE_DEL + CNT(i - 1, j);
|
|
if (t < CNT(i, j))
|
|
CNT(i, j) = t;
|
|
t = SCORE_INS + CNT(i, j - 1);
|
|
if (t < CNT(i, j))
|
|
CNT(i, j) = t;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
i = CNT(badlen - 1, goodlen - 1);
|
|
vim_free(cnt);
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
int badi;
|
|
int goodi;
|
|
int score;
|
|
} limitscore_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like spell_edit_score(), but with a limit on the score to make it faster.
|
|
* May return SCORE_MAXMAX when the score is higher than "limit".
|
|
*
|
|
* This uses a stack for the edits still to be tried.
|
|
* The idea comes from Aspell leditdist.cpp. Rewritten in C and added support
|
|
* for multi-byte characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_edit_score_limit(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *badword,
|
|
char_u *goodword,
|
|
int limit)
|
|
{
|
|
limitscore_T stack[10]; /* allow for over 3 * 2 edits */
|
|
int stackidx;
|
|
int bi, gi;
|
|
int bi2, gi2;
|
|
int bc, gc;
|
|
int score;
|
|
int score_off;
|
|
int minscore;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Multi-byte characters require a bit more work, use a different function
|
|
* to avoid testing "has_mbyte" quite often. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
return spell_edit_score_limit_w(slang, badword, goodword, limit);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The idea is to go from start to end over the words. So long as
|
|
* characters are equal just continue, this always gives the lowest score.
|
|
* When there is a difference try several alternatives. Each alternative
|
|
* increases "score" for the edit distance. Some of the alternatives are
|
|
* pushed unto a stack and tried later, some are tried right away. At the
|
|
* end of the word the score for one alternative is known. The lowest
|
|
* possible score is stored in "minscore".
|
|
*/
|
|
stackidx = 0;
|
|
bi = 0;
|
|
gi = 0;
|
|
score = 0;
|
|
minscore = limit + 1;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over an equal part, score remains the same. */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
bc = badword[bi];
|
|
gc = goodword[gi];
|
|
if (bc != gc) /* stop at a char that's different */
|
|
break;
|
|
if (bc == NUL) /* both words end */
|
|
{
|
|
if (score < minscore)
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
}
|
|
++bi;
|
|
++gi;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (gc == NUL) /* goodword ends, delete badword chars */
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((score += SCORE_DEL) >= minscore)
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
} while (badword[++bi] != NUL);
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (bc == NUL) /* badword ends, insert badword chars */
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((score += SCORE_INS) >= minscore)
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
} while (goodword[++gi] != NUL);
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
}
|
|
else /* both words continue */
|
|
{
|
|
/* If not close to the limit, perform a change. Only try changes
|
|
* that may lead to a lower score than "minscore".
|
|
* round 0: try deleting a char from badword
|
|
* round 1: try inserting a char in badword */
|
|
for (round = 0; round <= 1; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
score_off = score + (round == 0 ? SCORE_DEL : SCORE_INS);
|
|
if (score_off < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
if (score_off + SCORE_EDIT_MIN >= minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Near the limit, rest of the words must match. We
|
|
* can check that right now, no need to push an item
|
|
* onto the stack. */
|
|
bi2 = bi + 1 - round;
|
|
gi2 = gi + round;
|
|
while (goodword[gi2] == badword[bi2])
|
|
{
|
|
if (goodword[gi2] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
minscore = score_off;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
++bi2;
|
|
++gi2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* try deleting/inserting a character later */
|
|
stack[stackidx].badi = bi + 1 - round;
|
|
stack[stackidx].goodi = gi + round;
|
|
stack[stackidx].score = score_off;
|
|
++stackidx;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (score + SCORE_SWAP < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If swapping two characters makes a match then the
|
|
* substitution is more expensive, thus there is no need to
|
|
* try both. */
|
|
if (gc == badword[bi + 1] && bc == goodword[gi + 1])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Swap two characters, that is: skip them. */
|
|
gi += 2;
|
|
bi += 2;
|
|
score += SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Substitute one character for another which is the same
|
|
* thing as deleting a character from both goodword and badword.
|
|
* Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
|
|
if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
|
|
score += SCORE_ICASE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
|
|
if (slang != NULL
|
|
&& slang->sl_has_map
|
|
&& similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
|
|
score += SCORE_SIMILAR;
|
|
else
|
|
score += SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (score < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do the substitution. */
|
|
++gi;
|
|
++bi;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pop:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get here to try the next alternative, pop it from the stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stackidx == 0) /* stack is empty, finished */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* pop an item from the stack */
|
|
--stackidx;
|
|
gi = stack[stackidx].goodi;
|
|
bi = stack[stackidx].badi;
|
|
score = stack[stackidx].score;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When the score goes over "limit" it may actually be much higher.
|
|
* Return a very large number to avoid going below the limit when giving a
|
|
* bonus. */
|
|
if (minscore > limit)
|
|
return SCORE_MAXMAX;
|
|
return minscore;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Multi-byte version of spell_edit_score_limit().
|
|
* Keep it in sync with the above!
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
spell_edit_score_limit_w(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *badword,
|
|
char_u *goodword,
|
|
int limit)
|
|
{
|
|
limitscore_T stack[10]; /* allow for over 3 * 2 edits */
|
|
int stackidx;
|
|
int bi, gi;
|
|
int bi2, gi2;
|
|
int bc, gc;
|
|
int score;
|
|
int score_off;
|
|
int minscore;
|
|
int round;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int wbadword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int wgoodword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
|
|
/* Get the characters from the multi-byte strings and put them in an
|
|
* int array for easy access. */
|
|
bi = 0;
|
|
for (p = badword; *p != NUL; )
|
|
wbadword[bi++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
wbadword[bi++] = 0;
|
|
gi = 0;
|
|
for (p = goodword; *p != NUL; )
|
|
wgoodword[gi++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
wgoodword[gi++] = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The idea is to go from start to end over the words. So long as
|
|
* characters are equal just continue, this always gives the lowest score.
|
|
* When there is a difference try several alternatives. Each alternative
|
|
* increases "score" for the edit distance. Some of the alternatives are
|
|
* pushed unto a stack and tried later, some are tried right away. At the
|
|
* end of the word the score for one alternative is known. The lowest
|
|
* possible score is stored in "minscore".
|
|
*/
|
|
stackidx = 0;
|
|
bi = 0;
|
|
gi = 0;
|
|
score = 0;
|
|
minscore = limit + 1;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip over an equal part, score remains the same. */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
bc = wbadword[bi];
|
|
gc = wgoodword[gi];
|
|
|
|
if (bc != gc) /* stop at a char that's different */
|
|
break;
|
|
if (bc == NUL) /* both words end */
|
|
{
|
|
if (score < minscore)
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
}
|
|
++bi;
|
|
++gi;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (gc == NUL) /* goodword ends, delete badword chars */
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((score += SCORE_DEL) >= minscore)
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
} while (wbadword[++bi] != NUL);
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (bc == NUL) /* badword ends, insert badword chars */
|
|
{
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((score += SCORE_INS) >= minscore)
|
|
goto pop; /* do next alternative */
|
|
} while (wgoodword[++gi] != NUL);
|
|
minscore = score;
|
|
}
|
|
else /* both words continue */
|
|
{
|
|
/* If not close to the limit, perform a change. Only try changes
|
|
* that may lead to a lower score than "minscore".
|
|
* round 0: try deleting a char from badword
|
|
* round 1: try inserting a char in badword */
|
|
for (round = 0; round <= 1; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
score_off = score + (round == 0 ? SCORE_DEL : SCORE_INS);
|
|
if (score_off < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
if (score_off + SCORE_EDIT_MIN >= minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Near the limit, rest of the words must match. We
|
|
* can check that right now, no need to push an item
|
|
* onto the stack. */
|
|
bi2 = bi + 1 - round;
|
|
gi2 = gi + round;
|
|
while (wgoodword[gi2] == wbadword[bi2])
|
|
{
|
|
if (wgoodword[gi2] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
minscore = score_off;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
++bi2;
|
|
++gi2;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* try deleting a character from badword later */
|
|
stack[stackidx].badi = bi + 1 - round;
|
|
stack[stackidx].goodi = gi + round;
|
|
stack[stackidx].score = score_off;
|
|
++stackidx;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (score + SCORE_SWAP < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If swapping two characters makes a match then the
|
|
* substitution is more expensive, thus there is no need to
|
|
* try both. */
|
|
if (gc == wbadword[bi + 1] && bc == wgoodword[gi + 1])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Swap two characters, that is: skip them. */
|
|
gi += 2;
|
|
bi += 2;
|
|
score += SCORE_SWAP;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Substitute one character for another which is the same
|
|
* thing as deleting a character from both goodword and badword.
|
|
* Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
|
|
if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
|
|
score += SCORE_ICASE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
|
|
if (slang != NULL
|
|
&& slang->sl_has_map
|
|
&& similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
|
|
score += SCORE_SIMILAR;
|
|
else
|
|
score += SCORE_SUBST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (score < minscore)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do the substitution. */
|
|
++gi;
|
|
++bi;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pop:
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get here to try the next alternative, pop it from the stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (stackidx == 0) /* stack is empty, finished */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* pop an item from the stack */
|
|
--stackidx;
|
|
gi = stack[stackidx].goodi;
|
|
bi = stack[stackidx].badi;
|
|
score = stack[stackidx].score;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When the score goes over "limit" it may actually be much higher.
|
|
* Return a very large number to avoid going below the limit when giving a
|
|
* bonus. */
|
|
if (minscore > limit)
|
|
return SCORE_MAXMAX;
|
|
return minscore;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":spellinfo"
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ex_spellinfo(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
msg_start();
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len && !got_int; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
msg_puts((char_u *)"file: ");
|
|
msg_puts(lp->lp_slang->sl_fname);
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
p = lp->lp_slang->sl_info;
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts(p);
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
msg_end();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE 1 /* round 2: keep-case tree */
|
|
#define DUMPFLAG_COUNT 2 /* include word count */
|
|
#define DUMPFLAG_ICASE 4 /* ignore case when finding matches */
|
|
#define DUMPFLAG_ONECAP 8 /* pattern starts with capital */
|
|
#define DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP 16 /* pattern is all capitals */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":spelldump"
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ex_spelldump(exarg_T *eap)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *spl;
|
|
long dummy;
|
|
|
|
if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
|
|
return;
|
|
get_option_value((char_u*)"spl", &dummy, &spl, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new empty buffer in a new window. */
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"new");
|
|
|
|
/* enable spelling locally in the new window */
|
|
set_option_value((char_u*)"spell", TRUE, (char_u*)"", OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
set_option_value((char_u*)"spl", dummy, spl, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
vim_free(spl);
|
|
|
|
if (!BUFEMPTY())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
spell_dump_compl(NULL, 0, NULL, eap->forceit ? DUMPFLAG_COUNT : 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Delete the empty line that we started with. */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count > 1)
|
|
ml_delete(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go through all possible words and:
|
|
* 1. When "pat" is NULL: dump a list of all words in the current buffer.
|
|
* "ic" and "dir" are not used.
|
|
* 2. When "pat" is not NULL: add matching words to insert mode completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
spell_dump_compl(
|
|
char_u *pat, /* leading part of the word */
|
|
int ic, /* ignore case */
|
|
int *dir, /* direction for adding matches */
|
|
int dumpflags_arg) /* DUMPFLAG_* */
|
|
{
|
|
langp_T *lp;
|
|
slang_T *slang;
|
|
idx_T arridx[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int curi[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u word[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = 0;
|
|
int round;
|
|
int depth;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int flags;
|
|
char_u *region_names = NULL; /* region names being used */
|
|
int do_region = TRUE; /* dump region names and numbers */
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int lpi;
|
|
int dumpflags = dumpflags_arg;
|
|
int patlen;
|
|
|
|
/* When ignoring case or when the pattern starts with capital pass this on
|
|
* to dump_word(). */
|
|
if (pat != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (ic)
|
|
dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ICASE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
n = captype(pat, NULL);
|
|
if (n == WF_ONECAP)
|
|
dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ONECAP;
|
|
else if (n == WF_ALLCAP
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
&& (int)STRLEN(pat) > mb_ptr2len(pat)
|
|
#else
|
|
&& (int)STRLEN(pat) > 1
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find out if we can support regions: All languages must support the same
|
|
* regions or none at all. */
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
p = lp->lp_slang->sl_regions;
|
|
if (p[0] != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (region_names == NULL) /* first language with regions */
|
|
region_names = p;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(region_names, p) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
do_region = FALSE; /* region names are different */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (do_region && region_names != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "/regions=%s", region_names);
|
|
ml_append(lnum++, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
do_region = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop over all files loaded for the entries in 'spelllang'.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
|
|
{
|
|
lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
|
|
slang = lp->lp_slang;
|
|
if (slang->sl_fbyts == NULL) /* reloading failed */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "# file: %s", slang->sl_fname);
|
|
ml_append(lnum++, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When matching with a pattern and there are no prefixes only use
|
|
* parts of the tree that match "pat". */
|
|
if (pat != NULL && slang->sl_pbyts == NULL)
|
|
patlen = (int)STRLEN(pat);
|
|
else
|
|
patlen = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* round 1: case-folded tree
|
|
* round 2: keep-case tree */
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
dumpflags &= ~DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE;
|
|
byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE;
|
|
byts = slang->sl_kbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_kidxs;
|
|
}
|
|
if (byts == NULL)
|
|
continue; /* array is empty */
|
|
|
|
depth = 0;
|
|
arridx[0] = 0;
|
|
curi[0] = 1;
|
|
while (depth >= 0 && !got_int
|
|
&& (pat == NULL || !compl_interrupted))
|
|
{
|
|
if (curi[depth] > byts[arridx[depth]])
|
|
{
|
|
/* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
|
|
--depth;
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
ins_compl_check_keys(50, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do one more byte at this node. */
|
|
n = arridx[depth] + curi[depth];
|
|
++curi[depth];
|
|
c = byts[n];
|
|
if (c == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* End of word, deal with the word.
|
|
* Don't use keep-case words in the fold-case tree,
|
|
* they will appear in the keep-case tree.
|
|
* Only use the word when the region matches. */
|
|
flags = (int)idxs[n];
|
|
if ((round == 2 || (flags & WF_KEEPCAP) == 0)
|
|
&& (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP) == 0
|
|
&& (do_region
|
|
|| (flags & WF_REGION) == 0
|
|
|| (((unsigned)flags >> 16)
|
|
& lp->lp_region) != 0))
|
|
{
|
|
word[depth] = NUL;
|
|
if (!do_region)
|
|
flags &= ~WF_REGION;
|
|
|
|
/* Dump the basic word if there is no prefix or
|
|
* when it's the first one. */
|
|
c = (unsigned)flags >> 24;
|
|
if (c == 0 || curi[depth] == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
dump_word(slang, word, pat, dir,
|
|
dumpflags, flags, lnum);
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
++lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Apply the prefix, if there is one. */
|
|
if (c != 0)
|
|
lnum = dump_prefixes(slang, word, pat, dir,
|
|
dumpflags, flags, lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Normal char, go one level deeper. */
|
|
word[depth++] = c;
|
|
arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
|
|
curi[depth] = 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if this characters matches with the pattern.
|
|
* If not skip the whole tree below it.
|
|
* Always ignore case here, dump_word() will check
|
|
* proper case later. This isn't exactly right when
|
|
* length changes for multi-byte characters with
|
|
* ignore case... */
|
|
if (depth <= patlen
|
|
&& MB_STRNICMP(word, pat, depth) != 0)
|
|
--depth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Dump one word: apply case modifications and append a line to the buffer.
|
|
* When "lnum" is zero add insert mode completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
dump_word(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *word,
|
|
char_u *pat,
|
|
int *dir,
|
|
int dumpflags,
|
|
int wordflags,
|
|
linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
int keepcap = FALSE;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *tw;
|
|
char_u cword[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u badword[MAXWLEN + 10];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int flags = wordflags;
|
|
|
|
if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ONECAP)
|
|
flags |= WF_ONECAP;
|
|
if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP)
|
|
flags |= WF_ALLCAP;
|
|
|
|
if ((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE) == 0 && (flags & WF_CAPMASK) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to fix case according to "flags". */
|
|
make_case_word(word, cword, flags);
|
|
p = cword;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
p = word;
|
|
if ((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE)
|
|
&& ((captype(word, NULL) & WF_KEEPCAP) == 0
|
|
|| (flags & WF_FIXCAP) != 0))
|
|
keepcap = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
tw = p;
|
|
|
|
if (pat == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add flags and regions after a slash. */
|
|
if ((flags & (WF_BANNED | WF_RARE | WF_REGION)) || keepcap)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(badword, p);
|
|
STRCAT(badword, "/");
|
|
if (keepcap)
|
|
STRCAT(badword, "=");
|
|
if (flags & WF_BANNED)
|
|
STRCAT(badword, "!");
|
|
else if (flags & WF_RARE)
|
|
STRCAT(badword, "?");
|
|
if (flags & WF_REGION)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 7; ++i)
|
|
if (flags & (0x10000 << i))
|
|
sprintf((char *)badword + STRLEN(badword), "%d", i + 1);
|
|
p = badword;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_COUNT)
|
|
{
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
|
/* Include the word count for ":spelldump!". */
|
|
hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_wordcount, tw);
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s\t%d",
|
|
tw, HI2WC(hi)->wc_count);
|
|
p = IObuff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ml_append(lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ICASE)
|
|
? MB_STRNICMP(p, pat, STRLEN(pat)) == 0
|
|
: STRNCMP(p, pat, STRLEN(pat)) == 0)
|
|
&& ins_compl_add_infercase(p, (int)STRLEN(p),
|
|
p_ic, NULL, *dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
*dir = FORWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For ":spelldump": Find matching prefixes for "word". Prepend each to
|
|
* "word" and append a line to the buffer.
|
|
* When "lnum" is zero add insert mode completion.
|
|
* Return the updated line number.
|
|
*/
|
|
static linenr_T
|
|
dump_prefixes(
|
|
slang_T *slang,
|
|
char_u *word, /* case-folded word */
|
|
char_u *pat,
|
|
int *dir,
|
|
int dumpflags,
|
|
int flags, /* flags with prefix ID */
|
|
linenr_T startlnum)
|
|
{
|
|
idx_T arridx[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int curi[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u prefix[MAXWLEN];
|
|
char_u word_up[MAXWLEN];
|
|
int has_word_up = FALSE;
|
|
int c;
|
|
char_u *byts;
|
|
idx_T *idxs;
|
|
linenr_T lnum = startlnum;
|
|
int depth;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* If the word starts with a lower-case letter make the word with an
|
|
* upper-case letter in word_up[]. */
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(word);
|
|
if (SPELL_TOUPPER(c) != c)
|
|
{
|
|
onecap_copy(word, word_up, TRUE);
|
|
has_word_up = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
byts = slang->sl_pbyts;
|
|
idxs = slang->sl_pidxs;
|
|
if (byts != NULL) /* array not is empty */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop over all prefixes, building them byte-by-byte in prefix[].
|
|
* When at the end of a prefix check that it supports "flags".
|
|
*/
|
|
depth = 0;
|
|
arridx[0] = 0;
|
|
curi[0] = 1;
|
|
while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
n = arridx[depth];
|
|
len = byts[n];
|
|
if (curi[depth] > len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
|
|
--depth;
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Do one more byte at this node. */
|
|
n += curi[depth];
|
|
++curi[depth];
|
|
c = byts[n];
|
|
if (c == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* End of prefix, find out how many IDs there are. */
|
|
for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
if (byts[n + i] != 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
curi[depth] += i - 1;
|
|
|
|
c = valid_word_prefix(i, n, flags, word, slang, FALSE);
|
|
if (c != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(prefix + depth, word, MAXWLEN - depth - 1);
|
|
dump_word(slang, prefix, pat, dir, dumpflags,
|
|
(c & WF_RAREPFX) ? (flags | WF_RARE)
|
|
: flags, lnum);
|
|
if (lnum != 0)
|
|
++lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for prefix that matches the word when the
|
|
* first letter is upper-case, but only if the prefix has
|
|
* a condition. */
|
|
if (has_word_up)
|
|
{
|
|
c = valid_word_prefix(i, n, flags, word_up, slang,
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
if (c != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_strncpy(prefix + depth, word_up,
|
|
MAXWLEN - depth - 1);
|
|
dump_word(slang, prefix, pat, dir, dumpflags,
|
|
(c & WF_RAREPFX) ? (flags | WF_RARE)
|
|
: flags, lnum);
|
|
if (lnum != 0)
|
|
++lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Normal char, go one level deeper. */
|
|
prefix[depth++] = c;
|
|
arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
|
|
curi[depth] = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move "p" to the end of word "start".
|
|
* Uses the spell-checking word characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
spell_to_word_end(char_u *start, win_T *win)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = start;
|
|
|
|
while (*p != NUL && spell_iswordp(p, win))
|
|
MB_PTR_ADV(p);
|
|
return p;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* For Insert mode completion CTRL-X s:
|
|
* Find start of the word in front of column "startcol".
|
|
* We don't check if it is badly spelled, with completion we can only change
|
|
* the word in front of the cursor.
|
|
* Returns the column number of the word.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
spell_word_start(int startcol)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int col = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
|
|
return startcol;
|
|
|
|
/* Find a word character before "startcol". */
|
|
line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
for (p = line + startcol; p > line; )
|
|
{
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
|
|
if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p, curwin))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Go back to start of the word. */
|
|
while (p > line)
|
|
{
|
|
col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
|
|
if (!spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
|
|
break;
|
|
col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to check for 'spellcapcheck' now, the word is removed before
|
|
* expand_spelling() is called. Therefore the ugly global variable.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int spell_expand_need_cap;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
spell_expand_check_cap(colnr_T col)
|
|
{
|
|
spell_expand_need_cap = check_need_cap(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get list of spelling suggestions.
|
|
* Used for Insert mode completion CTRL-X ?.
|
|
* Returns the number of matches. The matches are in "matchp[]", array of
|
|
* allocated strings.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
expand_spelling(
|
|
linenr_T lnum UNUSED,
|
|
char_u *pat,
|
|
char_u ***matchp)
|
|
{
|
|
garray_T ga;
|
|
|
|
spell_suggest_list(&ga, pat, 100, spell_expand_need_cap, TRUE);
|
|
*matchp = ga.ga_data;
|
|
return ga.ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_SPELL */
|